Australian Entomological Magazine is a journal concerned wit

entomology in the Australian Region and is designed for bat

amateur collectors and professional entomologists. It will be publish

four times annually, though not necessarily at regular intervals, $;

parts will comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be sent t

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$4.00 per annum within Aust. & Terr.

A$5.00 per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$5.00 per annum

COVER

Drawing by S. P. Kim.

Design by G. Daniels.

Depicts a female Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta crinita Distant, Fan

Tettigarctidae. The Cicadidae are divided into only two famil:

with the Tettigarctidae comprising only two species, both of whit

occur only in Australia.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

SURREY BEATTY & SONS

Rickard Road, Chipping Norton,

N.S.W., 2170

Austtalian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 1, Part 1 July, 1972

EDITORIAL

Since the idea of this journal was first proposed to me some two

years ago I have become increasingly aware that there existed a definite

need for a journal which would provide a suitable place for publishing

short entomological papers of national or even wider, interest. In presenting

this first issue of the Australian Entomological Magazine I hope that

it will meet the needs of both amateur and professional entomologists

who have made original observations or carried out researches which,

whilst not extensive, are nevertheless of interest and should be made

known to others interested in our insects. This journal should provide an

outlet for such and encourage authors to publish much information that

is now being lost.

Also, experience as manager of Australian Entomological Supplies

has shown that many active collectors and entomologists do not belong

to any entomological society. I hope that, as Australia’s first non-society

journal, the Australian Entomological Magazine will reach these people

as well as society members, will encourage their interest, serve them

and provide them with information as well as being a vehicle for

publishing their own observations.

In establishing this journal I wish to express my sincere thanks

to Mr. and Mrs. J. C. Brink, Mr. and Mrs. G. Daniels, Mr. L. C. Haines,

Mr. G. A. Holloway, Mr. S. P. Kim, Dr. D. K. McAlpine, Mr. J. V.

Peters, Dr. C. N. Smithers and Miss B. J. Thomas for their kind assistance.

I also appreciate the cordial good wishes for its success which I have

received from the Australian Entomological Society, Entomological Society

of Australia (N.S.W.), Entomological Society of Queensland and the.

Entomological Society of Victoria.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, ip

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

This section attempts to fulfil the need for a comprehensive list:

current Australian entomological literature. It is arranged so that

listings may be used to compile personal bibliographies concent:

specialised interests. It dates back to the beginning of 1972.

If you have published anything, anywhere this year, contri

Australian insects and it is not listed below | would be grateful if y

would advise me accordingly so that such literature can be listed)

the next issue.

ANONYMOUS

1972. Distribution of the Red-legged Earth Mite and the Blue 0

Mite in N.S.W. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 223: 11

ANONYMOUS

1972. Excursion to Cardinia Creek Sunday, 27th February, 19

Victorian Ent. 2(2): 5-7.

Many insects listed.

ATUAHENE, S. K. N. and HOOPER, G. H. S.

1972. Insecticide susceptibility of, and metabolism of DDT by Du

tryoni (Froggatt) and Dacus cucumis French (Di

Tephritidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(2): 135-142, 2 tables, 4f

BATEMAN, M. A.

1972. The ecology of fruit flies. Ann. Rev. Ent. 17: 493-518.

BISHOP, A. D.

1972. Results of a butterfly-collecting trip to Flinders Island. Victor

Ent. 2(3): 4-5.

BRITTON, E. B. and LEE, Betty

1972. Stethorus loxtoni sp.n. (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) a nx

discovered predator of the Two-spotted Mite. J. Aust. eni, S

11(1): 55-60, figs 1-10, pl. I.

BROOKES, Helen M. i

1972. Two species of Eurycoccus Ferris on Acacia in Aut:

(Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11): 1

134, figs 1 & 2. i

BROWN, W. V.

1972. See MOORE, B.P. and BROWN, W. V., 1972.

BURNS, Alexander Noble

1972. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat. 89(6): l!

Ornithopters priamus richmondius

CAMPBELL, Keith G.

1972. The Phasmatidae: Phasmatodea of New South Wales. C

ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 222: 3-5.

CARTER, G. C.

1972. The Dog-tick—a cause of paralysis and death in dogs. 4r

Gaz. N.S.W. 83(2): 109-111, illustr.

(Continued page 10)

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 1972 3

A LIST OF THE DRAGONFLIES (ODONATA) COLLECTED IN THE

NORTHERN TERRITORY

By John V. Peters

245 Quarry Road, Ryde, N.S.W., 2112

A review of the literature dealing with Australian dragonflies

reveals that there are few records from the Northern Territory. During

August-September, 1970 the species listed below were collected by the

author in the Northern Territory and are now housed in the insect

collection of the Australian Museum, Sydney.

The nomenclature used for family and subfamily names is that

given in O’Farrell (1970) and that for genera and species is from

Fraser (1960).

The following co-ordinates are listed in order to help clarify some

of the localities given below.

Berry’s Springs—12° 41’ S., 130° 58' E.

Nourlangie Creek—12? 55’ S., 132° 45’ E.

Jim Jim Waterhole—12° 57’ S., 132° 3# E.

Waterhole, near East Alligator R.—12° 28’ S., 132° 59’ E.

East Alligator River—12° 26’ S., 132° 59’ E to 12° 30’ S., 133° E.

Milners Swamp—12° 25’ S., 131° 03’ E.

Blackmore R., near Tumbling Waters—12° 46’ S., 130° 57 E.

Arthurs Hill—12° 47 S., 130° 57° E.

Suborder ZYGOPTERA

Superfamily COENAGRIONOIDEA

Family Protoneuridae

1. Notoneura fraterna Tillyard. 13 Berry’s Springs, 23 Aug., 1970.

Family Coenagrionidae

2. Agriocnemis pygmaea (Rambur). 14 29 Nourlangie Creek, 30

Aug., 1970; 19 Jim Jim Waterhole, 28 Aug., 1970.

3. Ischnura heterosticta (Burmeister). 18 Jim Jim Waterhole, 28 Aug.,

1970; 38 19 Waterhole, near East Alligator R., 30 Aug.,

1970; 24 19 East Alligator R., 31 Aug., 1970.

4. Ischnura pruinescens Tillyard. 1 ¢ Nourlangie Creek, 30 Aug., 1970;

28 19 East Alligator R., 31 Aug, 1970; 18 39 Water-

hole, near East Alligator R., 30 Aug., 1970.

5. Ceriagrion erubescens Selys. 13. 19 Milners Swamp, 21 Aug.,

1970; 19 East Alligator R., 31 Aug., 1970.

6. Pseudagrion papuense Tillyard. 1:4 Berry's Springs, 23 Aug., 1970;

14 Jim Jim Waterhole, 28 Aug., 1970.

7. Austroagrion exclamationis Campion. 1 é Berry’s Springs, 23 Aug.,

1970; 24 19 Jim Jim Waterhole, 28 Aug., 1970;

44 East Alligator R., 31 Aug., 1970.

Superfamily LESTINOIDEA

Family Lestidae

8. Austrolestes alleni Tillyard. 7 à 29 Milner’s Swamp, 21 Aug., 1970.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 19

Suborder ANISOPTERA

Superfamily AP SHINO ies

mily Aeshnidae .

D? tanha rosenbergi Brauer. 34 9 9 East Alligator R., 31 Ay

1970.

Superfamily LIBELLULOIDEA

Family Corduliidae 1

10. Aethriamanta circumsignata Selys. 14 East Alligator R., 31 Aw

1970.

11. Hydrobasileus brevistylus (Brauer). 1 8 Blackmore R., near Tun

ling Waters, 25 Aug., 1970.

12. Trapezostigmata (Tramea) loewii (Brauer). 26 East Alligator R

31 Aug., 1970.

13. Pantala flavescens (Fabricius). 19 The Esplanade, Darwin, 2 $p

1970.

14. Rhyothemis graphiptera (Rambur). 19 Jim Jim Waterhole, 1

Aug., 1970; 29 Jim Jim Waterhole, 29 Aug., 1970; 2)

39 Nourlangie Creek, 30 Aug., 1970; 39 Waterhole, ne

East Alligator R., 30 Aug., 1970; 19 East Alligator R, :

Aug., 1970.

15. Rhyothemis braganza Karsch. 1 à Nourlangie Creek, 30 Aug, 197)

16. Tholymis tillarga (Fabricius). 48 29 Lee Point, Darwin, 20 Au

1970; 24 19 Howard Springs, 16 mls. south of Dani:

22 Aug. 1970.

17. Orthetrum caledonicum (Brauer). 18 Jim Jim Waterhole, 29 Ay

1970.

18. Orthetrum sabinum (Drury), 1 8 East Alligator R., 31 Aug, 197

19. Lathrecista asiatica festa Selys. 1 9 The Esplanade, Darwin, 27 Aw

1970; 14 The Esplanade, Darwin, 2 Sep., 1970.

20. Diplacodes nebulosa (Fabricius). 63 39 East Alligator R., 30%

Aug., 1970.

21. Diplacodes trivialis (Rambur). 59 Blackmore Rd., near Tumblin

Waters, 25 Aug., 1970; 1 9 Botanic Gardens, Darwin, 22 Au

1970.

22. Diplacodes haematodes (Burmeister). 3 6 19 Jim Jim Waterho!:

29 Aug., 1970.

23. Rhodothemis lieftincki Fraser. 1 9 East Alligator R., 31 Aug, 1M

24. Nannodiplax rubra Brauer. 1 3. 492 Blackmore R., near Tumblr

Waters, 25 Aug., 1970; 34 Jim Jim Waterhole, 28 Aug. 19

34 19 Nourlangie Creek, 30 Aug., 1970; 48 1? Wate:

hole, near East Alligator R., 30 Aug., 1970; 18 East Alligate

Rio 31> Aug $2970:

Neurothemis stigmatizans (Fabricius). 4a 59 Milners Swany

21 Aug., 1970; 14 Arthur’s Hill, 24 Aug, 1970; 1: IB

Blackmore R., near Tumbling Waters, 25 Aug., 1970; 2é 2

The Esplanade, Darwin, 27 Aug., 1970.

References

Fraser, F. C., 1960. A handbook of the dragonflies of Australasia with keys for

) identification of all species. R. zool. Soc. of N.S.W., Sydney. 67 pp. ?! a

O'Farrell, A. F., 1970. Odonata. In The insects of Australia. Melb. Uni. Pr

Melbourne. Pp. 241-261, illustr. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 1972 5

SOME INTERESTING BUTTERFLY CAPTURES MADE AT BAYVIEW, N.S.W.

by L. C. Haines

Hon. Associate (Lepidoptera), Australian Museum, Sydney.

Bayview is a bushland suburb of Sydney situated on the southern

shores of Pittwater and approximately 20 miles north of the city. The

following notes concern the capture of three butterfly species rarely

observed in the Sydney district, the Evening Brown, Melanitis leda bankia

(Fabricius), the Pale Green Triangle, Graphium eurypylus lycaon (C. &

R. Felder) and the small Green-banded Blue, Danis hymetus taygetus

(C. & R. Felder).

Melanitis leda bankia Evening Brown

This species is recorded from the Northern Territory, the islands

of Torres Strait and from Cape York, Queensland, to Port Macquarie,

N.S.W. Waterhouse (1932) mentions, in his notes on the species, that

the Evening Brown has also been recorded from near Sydney and goes

on to say that although he had searched for it in likely places, he had

never once observed the species.

I now wish to place on record the taking of three specimens, including

both forms, in my garden at Bayview.

At dusk on the evening of 25th January, 1970, I saw a butterfly

settle in some long grass. Though not having previously observed the

Evening Brown, I felt that it possibly was that species and on capturing

the butterfly found that it was, and in fairly good condition. The specimen

was of the form known as barnardi.

Again at dusk, on 28th February, 1970, I saw a butterfly above

some trees. It dropped into a thicket growing along the bank of the

creek that runs through my property. I located the butterfly sitting

on a Lantana leaf and recognised it as being an Evening Brown, but

unfortunately missed it with my net. Suddenly however, to my surprise,

a pair of Evening Browns appeared and with a single stroke of the net I

captured them. Both were of the typical form and in perfect condition.

Dr C. N. Smithers, Principal Curator of the Australian Museum,

Sydney, informs me that he observed the Evening Brown at Apple Tree

Bay, Bobbin Head, 8 miles W.S.W. of Bayview, during the late afternoons

of 9th and 10th November, 1969, the latter occasion in the company

of Mr J. V. Peters. The butterflies were near a waterfall, but because

of the rocky nature of the terrain, it was impossible to make captures.

Dr Smithers again visited Apple Tree Bay on 14th November, 1969,

but though specimens of the Evening Brown were observed, no captures

were made.

It would appear that my three specimens of this crepuscular butterfly

are the first to have been collected within the Sydney district. j

Graphium eurypylus lycaon Pale Green Triangle

Early in ihe afternoon of 28th February, 1970, the same day as

that on which I captured the pair of Evening Browns, I netted a female

Pale Green Triangle. The butterfly was attracted to the flowers of

Buddleia growing in my garden. Since making this capture, I have also

6 Aust. ent. Mag. Y), July, 19

observed at Buddleia bushes in my garden, no less than eight n:

specimens of this species, two of which I managed to net. All occu:

during March, 1971 and the details are as follows:-

11th March. A female in excellent condition captured during :

morning. i

13th March. Observed at approximately 11.30 am. a si

specimen. ;

14th March. A single specimen noted at mid-day.

19th March. Two observed during the morning and one mt

ated D:

22nd March. One observed during the morning.

23rd March. A perfect male taken during the morning.

All the Pale Green Triangles recorded, appeared to be in m

perfect condition and Mr J. V. Peters, to whom I mentioned this fx

thinks that they may have been breeding locally. Olliff (1889), p.

also supports this view.

Prior to the observations and captures mentioned above, the Pi

Green Triangle seems to have been somewhat of a rarity in the Sy

district. Nevertheless, I have been able to locate a number of rec

which I list below. No doubt there are others of which I am unu

British Museum; Two males, Auburn, N.S.W., (Coll), 1%

167.

Australian Museum; One male, Killara, N.S.W., J. T. Waterhos

17th April, 1933.

Australian Museum; Two females, Waverley, N.S.W., Dr 6.1

Waterhouse, (no date).

Moulds (1963), records the following sight observations of !

Pale Green Triangle. “1 seen, Avalon Bch, 20-1-62, flight fast, Moi:

1 seen, Greenwich, 24-2-62, reasonable condition, Moulds.” Both loci

are suburbs of Sydney.

G. A. Waterhouse also records on his “Australian butterflies r

cards”, now held by the Australian Museum, a Sydney specimen Í

February and one for March. No dates are given and the observait

were made by G. A. Waterhouse and G. Lyell respectively.

Danis hymetus taygetus Small Green-banded Blue

A perfect male was captured on 26th April, 1970, by M. Bulpit

schoolboy collector living across the road from me. Although I coll:

three females of this rain forest species and observed quite a nunt.

other specimens in 1968, Haines (1969), I did not record a sit

specimen for the years 1969. 1970 and 1971, nor have I o

specimens as yet, this year, 1972.

References

Haines, L. C., 1969. The occurrence of Danis hymetus taygetus (Felder)

Bayview, New South Wales. Proc. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 1967-68: |

Moulds, M. S., 1963. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney dist

Comm. ent. Sect. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 17: 36.

Olliff, A. S., 1889. Australian butterflies. Nat. Hist. Ass. N.S.W., Sydney.

pp., illustr.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus & Robertson, Sj

291 pp. illustr.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 1972 7

BEATING TRAYS—THEIR USE AND CONSTRUCTION

by M. S. Moulds.

14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

The beating method of collecting is most useful for collecting

spiders and foliage dwelling insects such as beetles, butterfly and moth

larvae, bugs and psocids.

Basically, a stout stick is used to beat vegetation, knocking any

insects from the foliage on to a spread cloth. Traditional collecting

methods such as netting or U.V. light trapping prove unsuccessful for

many species. In fact insects of some orders, such as the Psocoptera,

cannot be successfully collected without beating.

Although any stick can be used to do the beating, a wooden

walking stick is perhaps the most convenient. These are light, yet strong,

and the curved end is useful for hooking over branches in dense

undergrowth, thus allowing these to be shaken without having to force

one’s way to the inner part of thick bushes.

As it is necessary to have some kind of spread cloth on to which

the dislodged insects will fall, the butterfly collector may find it useful,

at times, to use his net simply by drawing the bag tight across the hoop.

I have collected the minute larvae and pupae of the Zebra Blue,

Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius, in this way after carefully searching

the food-plant in vain. An umbrella is sometimes used as a beating tray,

and no doubt was used long before specialised apparatus was designed.

However, it has disadvantages, one being that the covering materials

used today are not strong enough to withstand the wear and tear of

collecting. For continuous use, it is desirable to have a properly con-

structed beating tray. I have found the following two designs the most

practical.

A simple but efficient tray can be constructed as shown in Figs 1

& 2. It is easily collapsed for transportation, light and cheap to build.

A piece of unbleached calico is pre-shrunk by washing, then ironed flat

and cut to size. Some people prefer a black sheet but I have found

unbleached calico more than satisfactory. The sides are hemmed and the

top and bottom edges sleeved large enough to take the laths. These are

inserted and sewn in as fixtures. Suitable timbers are Californian Redwood

or Oregon.

Another easily made tray, this one of my design, is that shown in

Figs 3 & 4. One advantage of this tray is that it can be used with one

corner forward, thus allowing it to be thrust more easily between limbs

in bushy growth. :

Pre-shrink unbleached calico and iron smooth. Cut to size and

hem all four edges. Cut two strips of calico, or preferably canvas,

24” x 10” to use as the corner pockets to take ribs 1 & 3. Double

each over to give a double thickness 24” x 5" and hem all four edges.

The double thickness provides added strength where the rib ends force

against the cloth. Sew these pieces on two diagnonally opposite corners

of the sheet (Fig. 3). Firmly sew all edges leaving the inner one as

the pocket opening. The pocket for rib 2 must be longer, extending to

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 19

6" TAPES FOR (Kier 3$ da DOWEL

TYING UP, RS PIN

TOP LATH bx has

Wide TIMBER evi

—-

F T

CLOTH

| | UNBLEACHED CALICO

| | PRE - SHRUNK

STOCK

4x53 TIMBER 1 | | |

TAPERING TO 34x78 |

| wl

| “n

- - n NEN 38 a

| | =

pa ——

CATCH ^ BOTTOM LATH

lax? TIMBER

PLAN

SIDE VIEW

mike. e |

within 3" of the centre. This is necessary in order to hold the sis

firm when spread. Cut a length of calico or canvas 46” x 2”, dat

and sew as before. To the remaining corner firmly attach a key t

or strong curtain ring of approximately 1" diameter. A strong 1:

dia. tension spring may be used instead of the ring to provide a mt

even tension.

The four ribs are best made from aluminium tubing. Use 4” di:

for ribs 1, 2, & 3; $" diameter for rib 4 which will also form à

handle. Drill a 4" hole 1" from the end of each rib to take a 3 1

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 1972 9

j Ya" dia aluminium

j tubing 27" long.

Unbleached calico

pre shrunk.

33"square

34! dia aluminium

tubing 32" long.

Pocket open here,

6" long tapes

for tying up Wx ground head

bolt with 2 nuts

Tension

spring or

keyring.

UNDERSIDE

FIG. 3

Plastic or rubber

caps on rib ends.

RIB | ASSEMBLY

FIG 4

10 Aust. ent. Mag. (1), July, 15;

round headed bolt which acts as the pivot. Bolt the four ribs togethe

placing the largest at the bottom. Do not secure the bolt tightly, b:

allow a little slack. Position the cloth and stretch tightly to find t

position for the stud near the handle. If the cloth is too small it m

be necesasry to cut a little from the rib ends. As the cloth is pu:

tight the tray should dip slightly towards its centre. Fix the stud į

position and assemble tray to test. Adjust the centre bolt if necesan

and cut off any surplus length. Burr both bolt ends to prevent mi

screwing off. To fold up, unhook the ring, fold the sheet to the oppo:

corner, and swing the ribs together. If desired, a calico carrying b

with a draw-string top can be made for this tray to a finished size

GOES

The two designs mentioned above can be modified to suit individu

needs and preferences; the sizes and materials specified are intent:

as guides only and have been based on the most suitable for gent:

use. There is no doubt that beating for insects can be most reward:

and introduces the collector to insects rarely encountered otheni

May I recommend this collecting technique to anyone wishing to expat

their entomological interest?

RECENT LITERATURE—continued

CLIFT, Alan Donald

1972. The ecology of two species of Calliphorid ectoparasites t

mammals. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 224: 13-15.

CLYNE, Densey

1972. Insects in my garden. Part 3—Butterflies. Wildlife Aust. 9(1

24-26, illustr.

1972a. Insects in my garden. Part 4—Saunders Casemoth. Wil

Aust. 9(2): 34-35, illustr.

CROSBY, David Franklin

1972. Some butterflies of the Victorian Big Desert. Victorian E

2(3): 5-7.

DAHMS, Edward

1972. See FILMER, I. G., 1972.

DEBENHAM, M. L.

1972. Australian and New Guinea ‘picture-wing’ species of the gen

Monchelea Kieffer (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae). Aust. J. Zi

Suppl. 12: 14-39.

DOBROTWORSKY, N. V.

1972. A gynandromorph of Culiseta novaezelandiae Pillai (Diptz

Culicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(2): 150, pl. I.

DOMROW, R.

1972. Six Australian species of Guntheria Womersley. (Acari: Tront

culidae). J. Aust. ent, Soc. 11(2): 97-104, text-figs 1-3.

1972a. Eight Australian species of Andreacarus Radford and Har

laelaps Berlese (Acari: Dermanyssidae). J. Aust. ent. S

11(2): 105-113, text-figs 1-12.

DREW, R. A. I.

1972. The generic and subgeneric classification of Dacini (Dipten

Tephritidae) from the South Pacific area. J. Aust. ent, S

11(1): 1-22, figs 1-6, tables 1-3. |

(Continued page 12)

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 1972 11

BUTTERFLIES OBSERVED IN WARRUMBUNGLE NATIONAL PARK, N.S.W.

By C. N. Smithers and J. V. Peters

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

Little is known of the butterflies to be found in the Warrumbungle

- National Park, situated 20 miles west of Coonabarabran and approximately

300 miles north-west of Sydney. This note lists species observed on

1st February, 1969 (by J.V.P.) and between 19th and 23rd January,

1971 (by C.N.S.). Species observed in the more or less cleared

Wombelong/Canyon Camp area and on the nearby roads are marked with

an asterisk (*); species seen in the natural bush of the Split Rock

area and along the track to Burbie Spring are marked with an obelisk (1).

HESPERIIDAE

* Taractrocera papyria papyria (Boisd.). White Grassdart. Few seen.

+ Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterh. Yellow-banded Dart. Few seen.

PAPILIONIDAE

* Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macl. Chequered Swallowtail. Two seen.

PIERIDAE

Eurema smilax (Don.). Small Grass Yellow. Several seen.

Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fab.). Caper White. One seen.

Pieris rapae (L.). Cabbage White. Extremely common, often several

in sight at one time.

* *—k

NYMPHALIDAE

*+ Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll). Lesser Wanderer. Few seen.

Euploea core corinna (Macl). Common Australian Crow. One

seen.

Hypocysta pseudirius Butl. Dingy Ringlet. Few seen.

Geitoneura acantha acantha (Don.). Eastern Ringed Xenica. Common

in shaded situations.

Geitoneura klugii klugii (Guér.). Klug’s Xenica. Common in shaded

situations.

Heteronympha merope merope (Fab.). Common Brown. Common

in shaded situations.

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fab.). Tailed Emperor. One seen.

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy). Australian Painted Lady. One seen.

Vanessa itea (Fab.). Australian Admiral. Three seen.

Precis villida calybe (Godt.). Meadow Argus. Several seen.

LYCAENIDAE

Lucia limbaria Swains. Small Cooper. One seen.

Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hew). Onycha Blue. One seen.

Neolucia serpentata serpentata (H.-Sch.). Chequered Blue. One

seen.

*t Zizina otis labradus (Godt.). Common Grass-Blue. Extremely:

common. Hundreds seen at damp sand where paths cross creeks.

Candalides xanthospilos (Hübn.). Yellow-spot Blue. Very common

flying over low herbage.

Candalides hyacinthinus hyacinthinus (Semper). Common Dusky

Blue. One seen near dodder plants.

* x*—tk *—r *x—t

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, y

+ Candalides heathi heathi (Cox.). Rayed Blue. One seen,

! It is to be hoped that additional records from the area wil

published by observers so that the fauna of the Park will become be:

known. By recording species seen now it will be possible to discem «

faunal changes which may take place in future.

RECENT LITERATURE—continued

DUNNET, G. M.

1972. See MARDON, D. K. and DUNNET, G. M., 1972.

1972a. See MARDON, D. K. and DUNNET, G. M., 1972a.

DYCE, A. L., STANDFAST, H. A. and KAY, B. H.

1972. Collection and preperation of biting midges (Fam. Cet

gonidae) and other small Diptera for virus isolation. J, 4;

ent. Soc, 11(2): 91-96, illustr.

ELDER, R. J.

1972. See QUINLAN, T. J., ELDER, R. J. and SHAW, K. A, Ii)

EVANS, H. E.

1972. Revision of the Australian and New Guinea species of Epi;

pilus (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). Pacif. Ins. 14(1): 101-1

figs 1-26.

EVANS, John William

1972. Fossil insects. Hunter nat. Hist. 4(2): 122-123. [Cyclostyk

1972a. Characteristics and relationships of Penthimiinae and some w

genera and new species from New Guinea and Australia; i:

new species of Drabescinae from New Guinea and Aust

(Homoptera: Cicadellidae). Pacif. Ins. 14(1): 169-200, t

1-11.

FILMER, I. G. |

1972. Funnel-web spider. Od nat. Club News 45: 3. [Cyclosy-

[Contains an extract from a letter by E. Dahms].

FRANZMANN, B. A.

1972. Banana Weevil Borer in North Queensland. Od agric. J. 986

319-321.

HASS, C. R.

1972. Brown Dog Tick. Od agric. J. 98(6): 282-284, illustr.

HAYES H G

1972. Ecological aspects of the mosquitoes breeding in tre hù

in the botanic park and garden, Adelaide. S. Aust. Nat. 46()

38-40, fig. 1.

HOOPER, G. H..S.

1972. See ATUAHENE, S. K. N. and HOOPER, G. H. S, 192

HUTCHINSON, J. F.

1972. Botany for entomologists. Victorian Ent. 2(2): 9-12.

Several butterfly species mentioned.

HUTCHINSON, J. F. f

1972a. Some observations on the emergence of Jalmenus eva

Don, (Lycaenidae; Lycaeninae). Victorian Ent. 2(3): &

KAY, B. H.

1972. See DYCE, A. L., STANDFAST, H. A. and KAY, B. H, 1!

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 1972 13

KEHAT, M. and WYNDHAM, M.

1972. The influence of temperature on development, longevity, and

fecundity in the Rutherglen Bug, Nysius. vinitor (Hemiptera:

Lygaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 20(1): 67-78, 7 text-figs, 7 tables.

LEE, Betty

1972. See BRITTON, E. B. and LEE, B., 1972.

: McCONNELL, Glynn

1972. Victorian occurrence of Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius)

1793 (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Charaxinae) Tailed Em-

peror. Victorian Ent. 2(2): 4.

McCUBBIN, Charles W.

1972. Notes on the butterflies of Weipa, North Queensland 6 to 18

June 1969. Victorian Ent. 2(1): 9-11.

1972a. See QUICK, W. N. B. and McCUBBIN, C. W., 1972.

McEVERY, S. F.

1972. Interesting records for Victoria. Victorian Ent. 2(3): 8

Lepidoptera: Acraea andromacha andromacha

Holochila goodingi

Erine hyacnthina hyacnthina

MACKERRAS, Ian M.

1972. Melanesian-Pacific Tabanus (Diptera: Tabanidae). Pacif. Ins.

14(1): 133-149, figs 1-27.

MAIN, Barbara York

1972. The common ‘colonial’ spider Ixeuticus candidus (Koch) and

its synonyms (Dictynidae: Aranae). J. R. Soc. West. Aust.

54(4): 119-120, figs 1-3.

MANSKIE, Raymond

1972. Exhibit. Victorian Ent. 2(2): 3.

Lepidoptera: Heteronympha mirifica

MARDON, D. K. and DUNNET, G. M.

1972. A new genus and species of flea from Victoria (Siphonaptera:

Pygiopsyllidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(1): 61-68, text-figs 1-11.

1972a. A revision of the “Group A” species of Australian Pygiopsylla

Rothschild, 1906 (Siphonaptera: Pygiopsyllidae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 11(1): 69-77, text-figs 1-20.

MATTHEWS, E. G.

1972. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. I. Tribe

Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 9: 1-330, text-figs 1-645.

. MOORE, B. P. and BROWN, W. V.

1972. Chemistry of the metasternal gland secretion of the common

eucalypt Longicorn, Phoracantha semipunctata (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae): Aust. J. Chem. 25(3): 591-598.

MOORE, Kenneth M.

1972. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 25. Additional

information on some parasites and predators of Longicorns :

(Cerambycidae: Phoracanthini). Aust. Zool. 17(1): 26-29,

figs 1-7, pl. II.

1972a. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 26. Some insects

attacking three important tree species. Aust. Zool. 17(1): 30-39,

figs 1 & 2

14 Aust. ent. Mag. YI), July, 1;

A NOTE ON THE CHRISTMAS BEETLE TRIOPLOGNATHUS GRISEOPIIOS|

(COLEOPTERA, RUTELINAE)

By David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

Carne and Monteith (1971) record a single specimen ;

Trioplognathus griseopilosus (Ohaus) from Victoria Park near Alstonyil

New South Wales, collected on 1 December, 1970. They poit;

that the species was previously only known from three specime |

representing the type material of T. griseopilosus and its syno

Anoplognathus antiquus Arrow, in museums in Berlin and London.

Mr. A. Hughes of the Australian Museum and I collected ins;

at Victoria Park at the edge of the rain forest using a mercury vapi |

lamp on the night of 21 January, 1971. Eight specimens (64, ?:

of a ruteline beetle were taken and others were seen but not colle:

as I believed them all to be the well known Anoplognathus veli.

Boisduval. After reading the article by Carne and Monteith I re-exanis

our specimens and found them to be T. griseopilosus. A specimen k

been placed in the Australian National Insect Collection, C.STRO

Canberra, the other seven remaining in the Australian Museum collectiu

Reference

Carne, P. B. and Monteith, G. B., 1971. Three little-known species of Christe

beetle. News Bull. Aust. ent. Soc. 7: 61-63.

RECENT LITERATURE—continued

1972b. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 27. Some inst

attacking Callitris hugelii (White Cypress Pine). Aust. Zi

17(1): 40-46, figs 1-3, pls III & IV.

1972c. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 28. Ins

attacking Lantana camara L. in New South Wales. Aust. Z%

17(1): 47-48.

1972d. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 29. Effet:

clear-felling of trees associated with insect attack. Aust. Zo

17(1): 49-58, 1 map, tables 1-4. |

1972e. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 30. A supp

mentary list of insects attacking Pinus spp. in New South Wi:

Aust. Zool. 17(1): 59-64, fig. 1. ]

MOSSE-ROBINSON, Ian

OBITUARY. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 222: 6.

MOUND, L. A.

1972. Species complexes and the generic classification of leal-lit q

thrips of the tribe Urothripini (Phlaeothripidae). Aust. J. Zi `

20(1): 83-103, 27 text-figs, 1 table.

1972a. Polytypic species of spore-feeding Thysanoptera in the sc

Allothrips Hood (Phlaeothripidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. ui X

23-36, text-figs 1-18.

PERRYASSID-SSEn

1972. Some notes on the termites (Isoptera) of Barrow Island a. $

check list of species. West. Aust. Nat. 12(3): 52-55.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 1972 15

PILGRIM, R. L. C..

1972. The aquatic larva and the pupa of Choristella philpotti Tillyard,

1917 (Mecoptera: Nannochoristidae). Pacif. Ins. 14(1): 151-

168, figs 1-14, 1 table.

PONT, Adrian C.

1972. Australasian Pectiniseta Stein, with notes on the genus (Dip-

tera, Muscidae). Rec. Aust. Mus. 28(9): 141-160, text-figs

1-32.

PUTHZ, Volker

1972. Correction and additions to revision of Australian species of

the genus Stenus Latrielle (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Mem.

natn. Mus, Vict. 33: 109-110.

QUICK, W. N. B.

1972. Description of the larval and pupal stages of Lucia limbaria

Swainson, the ‘Small Copper’. (Lepidoptera, family Lycaenidae).

Victorian Ent. 2(1): 5, 2 pls at end of Victorian Ent. 2(3).

See heading correction Victorian Ent. 2(2): 4.

1972b. Some notes on the life-history of Pseudalmenus | myrsilus

zephyrus Waterhouse & Lyell 1914 (Lepidoptera, family

Lycaenidae). The “Victorian Hairstreak”. Victorian Ent. 2(1):

1972b. Exhibit. Victorian Ent. 2(2): 3.

Lepidoptera: Jalmenus evagoras, J. ictinus

Hymenoptera: Iridomyrmex detectus

1972c. No title. Victorian Ent. 2(3): 9-10.

Discusses life-histories of several species of Lycaenidae

(Lepidoptera).

1972d. A new race of the butterfly, Ogyris oroetes. Victorian Nat.

89(4): 107-111, figs 1-4.

QUICK, W. N. B. and McCUBBIN, Charles W.

1972. The Phigalia Skipper, Trapezites phigalia phigalia Hewitson

(Lepidoptera, Subfamily Trapezitinae). Victorian Ent, 2(2):

7-8, 2 pls on last page of Victorian Ent. 2(3).

QUINLAN, T. J., ELDER, R. J. and SHAW, K. A.

1972. Webworm control in northern dairy pastures. Od agric. J.

98(4): 176-178, 1 text-fig.

ROBINSON, Victor J.

1972. Moths taken at Jenolan State Forest on 24th and 25th April,

1968 at mercury vapour light. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.)

222: 6.

SANDS, Donald Peter

1972. Australian Lycaenidae. Cire. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 223:

7-10.

SCHEDL, Karl E.

1972. Bark and timber beetles from Australia (Coleoptera: Scolytidae

and Platypodidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(2): 143-149, fig. 1.

SHAW, K. A.

1972. See QUINLAN, T. J., ELDER, R. J. and SHAW, K. A., 1972.

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1), July, 19

SIMPSON, K. N. G.

1972. Feeding of the Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo on Cossid Me

larvae inhabiting Acacia species. Victorian Nat. 89(2): 324

Is 1-3.

ed tetas Xyleutes durvillei

SIMS, Eric

1972. Aspects of Asclepiads. S. Aust. Nat. 46(3): 41-43, ils

Diptera: Calliphora nociva |

SMITHERS, Courtenay Neville

1972. Ectopsocus pilosoides sp.n. (Psocoptera: Peripsocidae) fry

Queensland. Aust. Zool. 17(1): 12-14, figs 1-7. |

1972a. A collection of Psocoptera (Insecta) from Western Austr

including four new species. Aust. Zool, 17(1): 15-23, figs 1:2

SOUTHCOTT, R. V.

1972. Revision of the larvae of the tribe Callidosomatini (Acarin

Erythraeidae) with observations on post-larval instars. Aust.)

Zool. Suppl. 13: 1-39, figs 1-45.

STANBURY, Peter J. !

1972. Butterflies in the Macleay Museum. Hemisphere 16(2): 81

illustr.

STANDFAST, H. A.

1972. See DYCE, A. L., STANDFAST, H. A. and KAY, B. H., 19|

TIMMS, B. V. i

1972. The freshwater lagoon, Myall Lakes National Park. Hunt

Natural History 4(1): 6-10.

4 Odonata and 1 Hemiptera species listed.

UTECH, K. B. W. and WHARTON,

1972. Sulphur and Cattle Tick Boophilus microplus. Aust. di

48(2): 73-74.

UTHER BAKER, F. H. [

1972. A revision of the genus Notonophes Sloane (Coleoptet

Curculionidae: Amycterinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(2): lli

128, text-figs 1-24.

WALLACE, Charles Ronald l;

OBITUARY. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 222: 5.

WATERS, K. S.

1972. Pasture spelling for tick control. Qd agric. J. 98(4): 110-1

3 text-figs.

WATSON, J. Anthony L.

1972. An old mound of the Spinifex Termite, Nasutitermes trioii-

(Froggatt) (Isoptera: Termitidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. NN

79-80, pl. I. |

WHARTON, R. H.

1972. See UTECH, K. B. W. and WHARTON, R. H., 1972.

WiH TEES eG. R: 'W

1972. An insect with ten legs (Hemiptera: Psyllidae). J. Aust. &

Soc. 11(2): 152, illustr.

WILLARD, J. R. '"

1972. Studies on rates of development and reproduction of Califot

Red Scale, Aonidiella aurantii (Mask.), (Homoptera: Dix:

didae) on citrus. Aust. J. Zool. 20(1): 37-47, 3 texts. i

tables. ]

| SUBSCRIBERS' NOTICES

| Subscribers" notices are printed free of charge to private subscribers.

| Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right

to alter or reject notices considered unsuitable.

EXCHANGE. Butterflies from northern N.S.W. in exchange for Australian

or overseas butterflies. Ian Morhaus, P.O. Box 60, Woodburn,

N.S.W., 2472.

' EXCHANGE. Will exchange N.S.W. butterflies for those of Victoria,

S.A. and Tasmania. G. Daniels, 3 Wrights Ave., Berala, N.S.W.,

2141.

WANTED. South Australian Naturalist Vol. 17 or any parts thereof.

| Will pay good price. M. S. Moulds, 14 Chisholm St., Greenwich,

j N.S.W., 2065.

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it

extends for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased

if ordered in advance.

Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers

to the journal.

| Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

‘double spaced and in. duplicate.

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper he considers

unsuitable.

Address papers to:

The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

RECENT LITERATURE— continued

1972a. The rhythm of emergence of crawlers of California Red Scale,

Aonidiella aurantii (Mask.), (Homoptera: Diaspididae). Aust.

J. Zool. 20(1): 49-65, 6 text-figs, 6 tables.

WILLIAMS, K. A. W. `

| 1972. Butterfly census—15 March, 1971. Qd nat. Club. News 44: 6.

[Cyclostyled ].

WILSON, J. D.

1972. A new species of Thalainodes (Lepidoptera: Ennominae) from

Central Australia. Mem. natn. Mus. Vict. 33: 123-124, pl. 11.

WYNDHAM, M.

1972. See KEHAT, M. and WYNDHAM, M., 1972.

CONTENTS i

EDITORIAL .... E EE DRE

HAINES, L. C. Some interesting SS captures made at Bai

McALPINE, D. K. A note on the Christmas Beetle Trioplognathus

griseopilosus (Coleoptera, Rutelinae). 1

MOULDS, M. S. Beating trays—their use and construction. .

PETERS, J. V. A list of the dragonflies (Odonata) collected in

the Northern- Territory: nnn 0 E

SMITHERS, C. N. and PETERS, J. V. Butterflies observed in

Warrumbungle National Park, N.S.W. 0 1

RECENT LITERATURE naethon e

SUBSCRIBERS' NOTICES

DUE EARLY SEPTEMBER

BUTTERFLIES OF AUSTRALIA

by Dr I. F. B. Common and Dr D. F. Waterhouse

480 pages, 27 col. pls, 14 half-tone pls, 25 text-figs,

plus 364 distribution maps.

This long awaited book, based on G. A. Waterhouse’s famous Whal

Butterfly Is That?, will certainly be the recognised authoritative reference

to the Australian butterflies for many years to come.

PRICE $25.00

POST FREE TO ALL ORDERS RECEIVED BEFORE PUBLICATION

(AUST. & TERR. ONLY)

Also we offer with each copy ordered before publication, one copy a

half price (50c) of A Label List of the Australian Butterflies. The label

contained in this may be cut out and used in naming a collection.

follows exactly the up-dated names and nomenclature in Butterflies

of Australia. 3

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065 — Ph.: 43-3972 —

51538

Surrey BEATTY & SONS, PRINTERS

USTRALIAN \ "aet /

AGAZINE

ust, ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 1, PART 2

NOVEMBER, 1972

Australian Entomological Magazine is a journal concerned y

entomology in the Australian Region and is designed for y

amateur collectors and professional entomologists. It will be publi;

' four times annually, though not necessarily at regular intervals, (

parts will comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be se;

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$4.00 per annum within Aust. & Terr.

A$5.00 per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$5.00 per annum

COVER

Drawing by S. P. Kim.

Design by G. Daniels.

Depicts a female Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta crinita Distant, Fi

Tettigarctidae. The Cicadoidea are divided into only two fani

of which the Tettigarctidae comprises only two species, both:

stricted to Australia.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

SURREY BEATTY & SONS

Rickard Road, Chipping Norton,

N.S.W., 2170

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 1, Part 2 November, 1972

CAMPHOR LAUREL LEAVES AS A RELAXING AGENT

By Brian Upitis

3 Lucknow Street, Oaklands Park, S.A., 5046

The relaxing (or re-softening) of dried specimens is often necessary

if such material is to be correctly mounted for future study or display.

Specimens requiring relaxing are usually placed in an airtight container

such as a large screw-top jar or plastic lunch box containing a layer

of wet sand or cotton wool to which a mould deterrent such as thymol

or chlorocresol has been added.

Recently I learnt of a method using the leaves of Camphor Laurel,

Cinnamomum caphora, a common introduced tree, especially in suburban

gardens. I have since tried this and found it safe, quick and most

satisfactory. There is no risk of mould and there is little chance of

specimens being damaged by condensation.

A papered specimen of the Lemon Migrant butterfly, Catopsilia

pomona pomona, which I received from Queensland, was at least 3

months old. I placed it in the relaxing jar at 5.00 p.m. and the next

night it was completely relaxed and ready for setting. A large longicorn

beetle, that had dried with its legs tangled, was soft enough to set after

2 days.

The older leaves are crushed by hand and placed to a depth of about

1" in the relaxing container. Young leaves, especially spring growth

should not b used as these contain little oil and mould may develop

in the relaxer in just 2 to 3 days. If desired, a layer of paper can be

placed over the leaves to avoid direct contact by specimens and the

relaxer is ready to use. Papered specimens are best relaxed in their

envelope to avoid th possibility of attached data being lost or confused.

Relaxing containers should not be reused for food storage. After about

one or two months the relaxer should be completely cleaned out as some

oil will develop which may damage specimens.

The use of Camphor Laurel leaves as a relaxing agent appears

to be little known. I feel its speed, safety and convenience make it a

method worthy of recommendation.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, jp

NEW NORTHERN RECORDS OF THE HAIRY CICADA, TETTIGAR

CRINITA (HOMOPTERA, TETTIGARCTIDAE)

By B. J. Thomas

726 Warringah Road, Forestville, 2087

On 27th February, 1972, a male Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta ci

Distant, was taken near the top of Mt. Ginini, at altitude 1696 m,

the Brindabella Range, A.C.T. A female of this species is illus:

on the front cover of this journal. In addition 5 female and 5 male ex:

were found nearby. Eight of these were on the ground in an open pi

of snow grass always within 1 metre of the emergence hole. The rema:

2 exuviae were found clinging to the grass.

The exuviae of a female was also found on a tree base a!

inches from the ground near Mt. Gingera, at altitude 1752 m. Theri

no difficulty in finding the nymphal skins as their dark brown co

contrasted with the surroundings. The coloration of the adult mak,

the other hand, blended well with the tree on which it was resting’

further investigation of the area a decayed female was found in lei it

All the above specimens have been placed in the collection of M

Moulds.

On the night of February 27th, Mr. & Mrs. G. Daniels wi

U.V. light at the site for several hours and it was hoped that fu:

adults would be attracted. This proved unsuccessful even thou:

light was taken through snow gum forest and the vegetation shit

the hope of disturbing any specimens present.

, he above records extend the known northern range of Tet

crinita which was previously recorded only from as far north s:

Snowy Mountains.

Two male nymphal exuviae of Tettigarcta have also been fou:

Mt. Wilson, Blue Mountains, N.S.W. on 3rd May, 1958 and Ist Au

1959 by Dr. D. K. McAlpine. These have been placed in the col:

of the Australian Museum. Although Dr. McAlpine has subsequi

searched for adults at Mt. Wilson on several occasions, he has 9)

been unsuccessful.

. The sexes of the last instar nymph and nymphal exuviae of Tetig

crinita can be distinguished as shown in figures 1 & 2. Measurem

taken of the abdominal width of the 5 male and 6 female exuviae ¥

a mean measurement for males of 10.5 mm. with a size rang f

10.1-11.1 mm. while the mean for females was 12.9 mm. witha!

range from 11.9-13.4 mm. Forewing length measurements taken Ë

8 male and 9 female adults collected in the Mt. Kosciusko area 2

mean length for males of 35.1 mm. with a size range from 34-36 r

and for females a mean of 42.3 mm. with a range from 39-4 nr

= Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1972 3

Fig. 1 à Fig. 2 9

Ventral view of terminal abdominal segments of last instar nymphal

exuviae.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Dr D. K. McAlpine and Mr M. S. Moulds for their

assistance in the preparation of this paper.

References

Ashton, H., 1924. Notes on the “Hairy Cicada” (Tettigarcta crinita). Pap, Proc.

R. Soc. Vic. (n.s.) 36: 238-239.

Evans, J. W., 1941. The morphology of Teftigarcta tomentosa White, (Homoptera,

Cicadidae). Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1940: 35-49.

McKeown, K. C., 1951. Field notes on some insects of the Mt. Kosciusko area.

Aust. Zool. 11(4): 333-337, pl. XLII.

A LIST OF DRAGONFLIES COLLECTED AT IRON RANGE, CAPE YORK

PENINSULA FROM 10th-13th APRIL, 1971

By M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065

Iron Range is the name of the range of hills lying immediately to

the east of the Claudie River and its tributaries located on the east coast

of Cape York Peninsula at approximately 12? 45' S. The name is now

applied to this part of the Claudie River district. The area contains

tropical rain forest which is isolated from other areas of rain forest to

the south and at the northern end of the peninsula. The dragonflies

listed below were collected in the northern section of this rain forest along

the road leading to Portland Roads between the Coen turnoff and the

northern limit of the forest. Only incidental collecting of dragonflies

was carried out, however, this not being the main purpose of the visit.

Suborder ZYGOPTERA

Superfamily COENAGRIONOIDEA

Family Coenagrionidae

1. Aciagrion fragilis (Tillyard) 16 19

2. Pseudagrion ignifier Tillyard 28 29

3. Pseudagrion miscrocephalum (Rambur) 24

4 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 5;

Suborder ANISOPTERA

Superfamily LIBELLULOIDEA

Family Libelluliade

4. Trapezostigma loewi (Brauer) 24

5. Pantala flavescens (Fabricius) 44 ,

6. Tholymis tillarga (Fabricius) 16. This species was obser

swarming in a group involving some 50 or more individuals. Th

swarm was seen each day always at the same place.

7 Tetrathemis cladophila Tillyard 14 49. Previously recorded oj

as far north as Cooktown.

8. Nannaophlebia lorquini eludens Tillyard 14

9. Orthetrum villosovittatum (Brauer) 19

10. Diplacodes haematodes (Burmeister) ig ie

11. Neurothemis stigmatizans stigmatizans (Fabricius) 148

These eleven species fall into two groups, those that are widespre:

in Australia (4, 5, 10) and those that are basically northern elemen

(1-3, 6-8 possibly 9, and 11). A similar pattern is shown by the seve

species recorded in Lieftinck (1951), 2, 9, 10 and 11, plus Ischnr.

aurora aurora (Brauer), which is very widespread and the north

Acanthagyna rosenbergi (Brauer) and Lathrecista asiatica festa (Selys!

Watson (unpolished data) has records of four further species from Iw

Range, all with northern affinities, Notoneura coelestina (Tillyard.

Agyrtacantha dinipta (Karsch), an undescribed Ictinogomphus, a

Orthetrum sabinum (Drury). Indeed, the rediscovery of Agyrtacanik

from Australia, preciously known only from a male collected by Elm:

in 1910 at *Cape York" (Ris, 1913) gives hope that other New Guin

elements such as Neurobasis australis Selys, or Rhinocypha tincta so:

tincta Selys, the known Australian material of which is limited to t

old specimens from “Cooktown” and “Cape York" in the Austri:

National Insect Collection (Watson, pers. comm.), may be rediscover

in Iron Range.

Certainly the known fauna of 19 species will prove to be only.

small part of the total fauna of the area; Lieftinck (1951) listed

species from Cape York Peninsula an area which he considers howew

to extend as far south as Innisfail. |

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr. J. V. Peters and Dr. J. A. L. Watson fi

their assistance in identifying the above material and Drs. D. K. McAlp:

C. N. Smithers and J. A. L. Watson for their comments on the manusr;

References

Fraser, F. C., 1960. A Handbook of the dragonflies of Australasia with k

for the identification of all species. R. Zool. Soc. N.S.W., Sydnty.!

A». pp. 27 pls. f;

Lieftinck, M. A., 1951. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 64. Odor

of the 1948 Archbold Cape York Expedition, with a list of the dragoi

; from the peninsula. Amer. Mus. Novit. No. 1488: 1-46. E

Ris, E., 1913. Die Odonata von Dr. H. A. Lorentz Expedition nach sudwesN -

Suea 1909 und einige Odonata von Waigéu. Nova Guinea 9 Zod.:

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1972 5

ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM KU-RING-GAI CHASE

NATIONAL PARK, NEW SOUTH WALES

By A. B. Rose

Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park, Bobbin Head, via Turramurra, 2074

Introduction

Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park comprises some 36,000 acres of

natural bushland on the northern outskirts of Sydney. Eighty butterfly

species have previously been recorded from the park (Rose, 1970). A

further thirteen species are now listed (marked by an asterisk) which

brings the total number now recorded to ninety three. Six of these

are “northern” species observed while migrating through Sydney during

the summer of 1970-71. This summer proved an exceptional one in this

regard. Additional months of occurrence are also given for a further

thirty five species previously listed in Rose (1970).

Remarks and months

Species observed

Family HESPERIIDAE

Netrocoryne repanda repanda C. & R.

Felder December, January, April

Trapezites symmomus symmonus Hüb. January

Trapezites iacchoides Waterh. October

Trapezites maheta praxedes (Plótz) February, December

* Trapezites petalia (Hew.) December

Dispar compacta (Butl.) April

Toxidia doubledayi (C. Felder) March, September

* Hesperilla donnysa donnysa Hew. February. November

Hesperilla mastersi mastersi Waterh. | December

Hesperilla ornata ornata (Leach) September, November

Hesperilla picta (Leach) May

Mesodina halyzia halyzia (Hew.) now October to April

Ocybadistes flavovittatus flavovittatus February

(Latr.)

Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterh. January, February

Ocybadistes hypomeloma hypomeloma October

Low.

Suniana lascivia lascivia (Rosen.) April

Telicota ancilla ancilla (H. Sch.) March, April

Cephrenes augiades sperthias (C. February

Felder)

Family PAPILIONIDAE

Graphium macleayanum macleayanum October, February, April

(Leach)

* Graphium eurypylus lycaon (C. & R. February

Felder)

. Papilio aegeus aegeus Don. April

* Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. October. Four observed in

Macleay three different areas.

Family PIERIDAE

* Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S.

Macleay )

* Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fab.)

* Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butl.)

Delias argenthona argenthona (Fab. )

Delias aganippe (Don.)

Delias nigrina (Fab.)

* Appias paulina ega (Boisd.)

Family NYMPHALIDAE

Danaus plexippus plexippus (L.)

* Danaus hamatus

Macleay )

hamatus (W. S.

* Melanitis leda bankia (Fab.)

Hypocysta pseudirius Butl.

Argynnina cyrila W. & L.

Heteronympha mirifica (Butl.)

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fab.)

* Hypolimnas bolina

nerina (Fab.)

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy)

Vanessa itea (Fab.)

Precis villida calybe (Godart)

Acraea andromacha andromacha

(Fab.

)

Family LYCAENIDAE

* Jalmenus evagoras

evagoras (Don.)

Ogyris genoveva gela Waterh.

Ogyris abrota Westw.

Hypochrysops byzos byzos (Boisd.)

Lampides boeticus

(L.)

* Neolucia sulpitius sulpitius (Misk.)

Candalides absimilis (C. Felder)

Observations.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Austri

Acknowledgements

Once aagin I thank Mr M. S. Moulds, 4

Sands, Dr A. Sibatani and Dr C. N. Smithers for their addi

References

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, jy

March, 12th to 31st, the g

seemed to be the 19th yi

25 passed south in 4:

across a hundred yard,

December to February »

August. An extremely w

à specimen observed §

August, 1971. On the |

and 20th a à seni:

same locality. Perhaps t

were the same specimen,

February

February to April

December, February, Me

March to May

February

May

February 7th to 20th)

ones. The most seen wat

in one day flying south e

November

May, June

October

April

May

February, March

April

February, March

now all the year round

March

November to Apri

November, December

December 14 at MVE

September

December to April

March

October

Mr J. V. Peters, Mr! |

Angus & Robertson, Sydney. xii, 498 pages, illustr

Haines, L. C., 1972. Some interesting butterfly captures made at

Aust. ent. Mag.

1(1): 5-6.

Bayer, V. |

: E.

Rose, A. B., 1970. Butterflies observed in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Path? |

South Wales. Proc. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 1968-69: 48-50.

| Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1972 7

THE MEANING AND PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF THE SPECIES

CONCEPT

By David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

A brief outline is given of the processes used in ascertaining the

limits of species in nature, and of the theoretical background on this

subject. An explanation is given of the phenomena known as hybrids,

races, and subspecies.

Introduction

The aim of this article is to provide some guidance to the naturalist

who lacks special training in zoological systematics but who is interested

in undertaking original work in this field, possibly with a view to

publishing some results. Some zoologists advise against such persons

making contributions to zoological literature. The fact remains that such

contributions are made and are often useful.

I have omitted an explanation of elementary genetics even though

I consider it basic to an understanding of the species concept, and hope

that the reader will seek this information elsewhere. Similarly I have

omitted discussion of the process of speciation which is dealt with at

length but not exhaustively by Mayr (1963), and Dobzhansky (1951).

The works of Mayr, Linsley, and Usinger (1953), and Mayr (1969)

are exceedingly useful in preparing taxonomic work for publication. The

rules for naming species are given in a publication by the International

Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.

Development of the Species Concept

The concept of a species, though older than civilization, gained a

more concrete meaning with the great number of descriptive studies and

catalogues of animals and plants which appeared in the eighteenth and

nineteenth centuries (and which still continue to appear).

To early workers the species was a "kind", a group of similar

individuals having the ability always to reproduce their own kind, but

above all having features in common which enabled their recognition

as preserved specimens. To some more thoughtful zoologists organisms

were considered to represent separate species if they could not be crossed

to produce fertile offspring. Botanists, however, affirmed that their plant

species could often be successfully crossed. Zoologists were slower to

realise that some animal species could also be crossed with one another

successfully.

The development of the science of genetics—the study of heredity—

gave a deeper insight into the nature of species, and clarified aspects

of the laws of evolution previously set forth by Darwin. The work of

Dobzhansky and others focussed on species as natural populations of a

à Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1

certain kind, rather than odd collections of specimens typified by mi

in zoos or museums. The most acceptable curren tivenn

of species has been called the biological species concept becas

depends on the qualities of living individuals and population. 1

definition of Mayr is here given as probably the most useful and go.

acceptable.

Species are groups of actually or potentially interbreeding m:

populations which are reproductively isolated from one another,

The three principal aspects of this definition to be remembered;

(1) A species consists of one or more natural populations of animal,

plants); (2) there is a continuity of interbreeding potential within;

throughout a species; (3) a species is unable to merge permanently

populations of other species by interbreeding. “Reproductively igi

means, as used in this definition, prevented from interbreeding by int

genetic differences. The definition only applies to organisms whit

produce by cross fertilization. It has no application to entirely;

fertilizing organisms or those which always reproduce asexually. Sy

limits in these organisms must be determined somewhat arbitrary

discontinuities of variation, preferably associated with ecological ditti:

or geographical barriers.

Races

A species usually consists of few or many partly distinguit

populations, which occupy different but not necessarily separated;

graphic areas. Just as no two individuals are exactly alike, so m:

populations are identical. They always differ slightly or markedly in

attributes of their individuals or in the proportions of individui:

different kinds of attributes. In general, populations which may b:

tinguished from one another by any degree of difference bete -

attributes of their individuals are called races or geographic recs -

Hybrids

Hybrids are the offspring of mixed matings between different s:

or different races, or the descendants of such hybrid offspring li

animal kingdom hybrids between distinct species are generaly i

rare in nature, though hybrids between races may crop up almost vi:

different races of the one species come in contact. There ar s

reasons why hybrids between related species are rare. Any two popili

living together and producing indefinite numbers of fertile, viable hiv

will tend to merge and lose their identity. Such populations will x -

be recognizable as distinct species. Often two species, even ùt

closely similar, are intersterile, that is cross-mating results in no oi?

because of some incompatibility in the genetic systems or repr -

phyiology of the two species. Alternatively, the mixture of w -

hybrid offspring may cause them to die before maturity or to be |

These factors do not altogether account for the extreme rarity (^

absence) of hybrids between many pairs of related species living t®

under natural conditions, for we know that in some such css |

hybrids can easily be produced by confining a mixed pair io |

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1972 9

captivity. In cases such as this it is clear that “mixed marriages" hardly

ever occur under natural conditions, because the individuals simply

refuse to mate with anything but their own species. However, in the

artificial conditions of captivity, the normal behaviour pattern in disturbed

and crossmating can take place. This has been proved for certain pairs

of closely related species in birds, fish, butterflies, flies, and other animals.

There are some known cases where hybrids between populations can

occur in numbers under natural conditions. An example is seen in the

butterflies of the genus Limenitis in North America. Where the species

L. arthemis and L. astyanax live together, fertile hybrids appear repeatedly,

yet they do not cause the species populations to merge or lose their identity.

A strong mating preference restricts the production of hybrids in the

first place. But, as the hybrids are intermediates they might be expected

to mate at least with one another, and it would appear that even a

very slow rate of hybrid production from the pure strains should eventu-

ally swamp the differences between the populations by accumulating large

numbers of individuals with every possible intermediate condition. That

this does not happen is due to the inferior fitness of the hybrids relative

to the pure strains. They simply cannot compete in the “struggle for

existence" and are slowly but surely eliminated without making any

permanent contribution to the population. This example illustrates a very

important principle: each species in nature has a very highly co-adapted

system of genes, evolved by natural selection, which results in a complex

organism highly adapted to a mode of life peculiar to its species. Hybrids,

particularly those between species, have lost this quality of co-ordination

in their mixed gene systems and are less perfectly adapted to survive.

This explains why there is such a general tendency among animals of all

kinds to avoid mating with other species. Those which are not highly

selective in choosing a mate waste their reproductive potential in pro-

ducing hybrids which, even if viable and fertile, do not leave a permanent

' line-of. descendants. Consequently those remaining in the population are

predominantly those which have inherited their parents superior ability

to select an appropriate mate.

We should not too readily assume that an individual showing a

combination of characters of 2 different species is a hybrid. There are

some other possible reasons for apparent intermediates which cannot

be considered here.

Use of Data

In practice we can apply the species definition to most animals and

decide on the limits of species only when we can obtain enough informa-

tion about them. We can look at two previously unknown butterflies

and quickly summing up our impressions, we may say, “Those two are the

same," or “Those two are different species." Our judgement may or may

not be a skilful one, but it cannot be emphasised sufficiently that this

approach does not constitute an adequate analysis of information in

scientific research. Scientific Method is the basis of all good research,

in Zoology, as in Physics and Astronomy. This method consists of recording

data (pieces of information) directly from observation or experiment,

intelligently examining the data as a whole to see if any particular inference

10 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, \t

(hypothesis) can be drawn from it. The hypothesis only becomes wy:

of permanent record (e.g. publication) when it has been adu

tested against substantial data. When it can be affirmed that the hypo:

is the only one in conformity with the data, or much the most pro:

one that fits the data, it becomes a useful theory. The theory mx;

carefully set forth with due consideration of the limits of its applica:

and the meanings (definitions) of the terms employed.

The kind of data most generally available to us in systematis

the attributes or qualities of individual specimens known as chr;

and the combinations in which these characters occur. Taxonomic t

acters, ie. characters that can be used in a systematic classification, »

of many kinds. In general the easiest characters to use are morpholog:

ones, including characters of coloration, form, and structure, in «È

the adult or immature stages. Sometimes these characters prove inad

for distinguishing reproductively isolated populations. We may then i

to consider physiological characters, chemical characters (e.g the lt

of amino-acids in the body, or kinds of secretions), or behavic:

characters such as nest-building, courtship patterns, song, season;

currence, habitat preference, oviposition-site preference, and fu:

preference. Some of these seemingly very subtle characters are d

utmost importance because they appear to be the means by whiti

animals recognize each other as belonging to their own kind.

We must be clear, when testing a hypothesis relating to species lin

how the data relate to the species definition. When our data consist

of characters and their combinations in individuals, we are using i

data to deduce if there is continuity or discontinuity of variation |

then use this as a criterion to tells us if there is reproductive contin

or reproductive isolation between the populations from which the:

dividuals were drawn. Although this kind of evidence is often i

informative and may provide reasonably definite conclusions it is £

indirect evidence. Most importantly we should be aware that ou

are the properties of our sample and not necessarily those d:

populations from which the sample is drawn. The larger the sam:

more likely it is to conform to the properties of the population, v:

it is a biased sample. Heavily biased samples do not give a good o

picture of the whole population because they have been taken, deliberi:

or advertently, more from one section of the population than axt

Samples which are selected for the largest, brightest, freshest, or ©

ornamented individuals, or which are taken in one locality only, at!

ideal subjects for systematic research. The worst samples of d:

probably those heavily studded with rare aberrations. On the other's

samples from which extremes of variation are deliberately exci:

unsatisfactory.

It is a good idea initially to study as many different kn

characters as possible, but experience in the study of any one grou’

generally indicate that some of these are much more informat

others. In a great many insect families the external genitalia o“

nale provide far more reliable characters for species association *

zav other structures. Their study is therefore obligatory in most wi

vstematic entomology. In many groups of animals and plants the w

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1972 11

and structure of the chromosomes provides useful information about

species limits. The comparative study of chromosomes involves advanced

microscopic techniques not usually available to the amateur.

Geographic Distribution

The definition of a species given above provides good criteria

for making decisions about the status of populations which are in

contact with one another. But where more or less similar populations

live in total isolation from one another so that no migration between

them occurs even over a prolonged period of time, then we have no way

of telling if they are reproductively isolated or not under natural conditions.

It has already been noted that experiments designed to test cross-breeding

ability in captivity often do not tell us much about the situation in

nature, unless they demonstrate inability to produce fertile hybrids.

Because we cannot read the future, it would be useless to speculate on

what might happen in the future if a barrier to dispersal broke down

and the populations were again in contact under natural conditions.

Probably most taxonomists would agree that inability to hybridise success-

fully under optimum conditions would justify species separation of

geographically isolated populations. But it must be recognized that this

criterion lies outside the species definition because the concept of repro-

ductive isolation canont exist where there is total geographic isolation.

At this point it should be remembered that the species has long

been established as a practical unit to which we can refer actual animals.

Even the theoretical definitions are only aids in guiding practical taxonomy.

A useful practical criterion of species distinction is always genetic

discontinuity. It is scarcely practical to designate every geographically

isolated population as a species on the grounds that there are always

genetic differences between populations. A more reasonable approach,

is to regard every such population as a species if it differs consistently

in its taxonomic characters from other such populations. If a consistent

difference is exceedingly slight, difficulty may again arise. It is therefore

advocated that totally isolated populations should be regarded as separate

species only when they differ consistently in at least two taxonomic

characters.

Subspecies

The term subspecies is used for two different concepts in Zoology.

Firstly there is the concept of the intergrading subspecies which is not

sharply differentiated from adjacent subspecies with which it regularly

interbreeds. This is, of course, a geographic race as defined above.

Secondly there is the geographically isolated subspecies which is not

sufficiently differentiated to be considered a species in the eyes of the

systematist. Most of the “subspecies” of Ornithoptera priamus (Linné)

(Lepidoptera, Papilionidae) are examples of this latter type (Zeuner,

1943). It is noteworthy that many of these so-called subspecies conform

to the definition of geographically isolated species given above.

Wilson and Brown (1953) have criticised the subspecies as sub-

jective and arbitrary in its taxonomic application. Their impressive series

» Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), Novente, »

of arguments against the continued taxonomic recognition of subsp

include the following: (1) the type-form of a subspecies often ns

represents a certain level, chosen by chance, within a cline; (2) die

taxonomic characters often show independent geographic variation vi

a species; (3) subspecific characters may repeat themselves in diite

parts of the geographical range of a species; (4) it has not been pg

for zoologists to agree upon a lower limit for subspecies differenti

(5) insular subspecies, the only really distinct entities included i:

category, could often just as easily and justifiably be regarded as yx

(6) the allowing of subspecific names as nomenclaturally cool:

with specific names has tended to clutter literature with a vaste nun

of names, all of which must be carefully recorded in case any of

should prove to apply to “good” species; (7) the local population

species is just as easily and more accurately designated by naming:

locality after the specific name instead of using a trinomial.

It is sometimes argued that the reducing of many les stre

differentiated, geographically isolated forms from the species t

subspecies level has simplified classification because it has reduc)

number of species recognized. A counter to this is the argument:

the simplification at the speces level has been more than compen

for at the subspecies level, as systematists usually feel compel!

catalogue all recognizable named subspecies, either in print or oe

It would seem that a subspecies is often described when ana

is in doubt as to whether a sample represents a distinct species o:

However the concept cannot be perpetuated solely for such à

cases; the subspecies has never been defined as a provisional y:

It is concluded that in most cases it is difficult to justify the esi

ment of formally named subspecies.

References

Dobzhansky, T., 1951. Genetics and the origin of species. Columbia Unie

Press, New York. 3rd edition. 364 pp.

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1961. Internatio] -

of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International Civ

of Zoology. London. 176 pp. i

Mayr, EE Animal species and evolution. Belknap Press, Cambridg, }

pp.

Y Principles of systematic zoology. McGraw-Hill, New You!

pp. i

Mayr, E., Linsley, E. G., and Usinger, R. L., 1953. Methods and prints

systematic zoology. McGraw-Hill, New York. 328 pp.

Wilson, E. O., and Brown, W. L., 1953. The subspecies concept and its taw

application. Syst. Zool. 2: 97-111.

Zeuner, F. E., 1943. Studies in the systematics of Troides Hübner (Li:

Papilionidae) and its allies etc. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 25: W

figs 1-115.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1972 13

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

This section attempts to fulfil the need for a comprehensive list of

current Australian entomological literature. It is arranged so that the

listings may be used to compile personal bibliographies concerning

specialised interests. It dates back to the beginning of 1972.

If you have published anything, anywhere this year, concerning

Australian insects and it is not listed below I would be grateful if you

would advise me accordingly so that such literature can be listed in

the next issue.

ANONYMOUS

1972b. Double-drummer Cicada (TAopha saccata). Aust. nat. Hist.

10(7): back cover illustr., text inside front cover.

1972c. The genus Strongylurus in New South Wales. Circ. ent. Soc.

Aust. (N.S.W.) 225: 21.

Coleoptera

1972d. The genus Epipompilius in N.S.W. and A.C.T. (Hym. Pompi-

lidae). Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 227: 29.

1972e. A Funnel-web Spider at Rochester. Bendigo Nat, 5(1): 12,

illustr.

1972f. Dung beetles on the move. Rur. Res. C.S.I.R.O. 75: 2-6,

illustr.

1972g. Bushflies retreat? Rur. Res. C.SJ.R.O. 75: 7-8, illustr.

1972h. Potato moth: control by virus. Rur. Res. C.S.I.R.O. 75: 15-19,

illustr.

Lepidoptera: Phthorimaea operculella.

19721. Mechanisms of tick resistance. Rur. Res. C.S.I.R.O. 75: 28-30,

illustr.

1972j. New acaricide kills resistant ticks. Rur. Res. C.S.I.R.O. 75:

31-33, illustr.

1972k. Mating ritual of the Scorpion Fly. Wildlife, Aust. 9(3): 90,

illustr.

19721. See QUICK, W. N. B., 1972.

BESSERDIN, Raymond

1972. The Hymenoptera. Victorian Ent. 2(4): 11-12.

BURNS, Alexander Noble

1972a. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat. 89(8):

227-228.

1972b. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat. 89(9):

258-259.

CAMPBELL, Donald

1972. Operation Plague Locust. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 83(3): 160-169,

illustr.

Orthoptera: Chortoicetes terminifera

CASIMIR, Max

1972. Plague locusts in New South Wales. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust.

(N.S.W.) 225: 17-18.

zu BL

14 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, Ww

CATLEY, A. Las- |

1972. Insects intercepted in quarantine in New South Wales. Cin

ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 226: 25-26.

COLEMAN, N. C.

1972. Life history of—Asceles pomeformes—maker of the Bloody

Apple. N. Qd Nat. 39: 2-4.

Hemiptera: superfam. Coccoidea

COMMON, lan Francis Bell and WATERHOUSE, Douglas Frew

1972. Butterflies of Australia. 4to. Angus & Robertson, Sydney. P

i-xii, 1-498, 25 text-figs, 366 maps, 41 pls.

Published 19th October.

DAHMS, Edward

1972a. Type-specimens of Cockroaches (Blattodea) in the Queens!

Museum. Mem. Od Mus. 16(2): 273-289.

EDMONDS, John

1972. See SHEPHERD, R. and EDMONDS, J., 1972.

EMMERSON, F. R.

1972. The New Zealand Cattle Tick. Od agric. J. 98(9): 489-4]

illustr.

GALBRAITH, M. N.

1972. See MIDDLETON, E. J., HORN, D. H. S. and GALBRAITH

M. N., 1972.

GARTSIDE, M. N.

1972. See HILL, K. G., LOFTUS-HILLS, J. J. and GARTSIIE

D. F., 1972.

GOEDE, Albert

1972. Distribution of Tasmanian cave fauna. Proc. 8th biennial Coi.

Aust. speleol. Fed.: 88-92. |

GOODING, Charles George Llewellyn |

1972. The golden brown butterflies of south-eastern Australia (a!

especially of Gippsland and the Victorian Dividing Rag

Victorian Ent. 2(4): 19-21. |

Reprinted from Latrobe Valley Nat. t

GREENING, Howard G.

1972. Inspect pests of stored products. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (NSW.

226: 22-24.

HAINES, Lawrence Courtney

1972. Some interesting butterfly captures made at Bayview, NS

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 5-6.

HAMILTON-SMITH, Elery |

1972. The bat population of the Naracoorte Caves area. Proc. i

biennial Conf. Aust. speleol. Fed.: 66-75.

Lists cave dwelling insects and bat parasites pp. 70, 71. |

1972a. Some aspects of the Australian cavernicolous fauna. Proc, &

biennial Conf. Aust. speleol. Fed.: 93-100.

HAWKEN, M.

1972. Belligerent butterfly. Qd nat. Club News 42: 7. |

Tailed Emperor, Evening Brown

HILL, K. G., LOFTUS-HILLS, J. J. and GARTSIDE, D. F.

1972. Pre-mating isolation between the Australian field ondes

Teleogryllus commodus and T. oceanicus (Ortho

Gryllidae). Aust. J. Zool. 20(2): 153-163, illustr.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), November, 1972 15

HORN, D. H. S.

1972. See MIDDLETON, E. J., HORN, D. H. S. and GALBRAITH,

M. N., 1972.

HUNT, Glenn S.

1972. Notes on Australian cave Harvestmen. Proc. 8th biennial Conf.

Aust. speleol. Fed.: 76-80.

JONES, David L.

1972. The pollination of Prasophyllum alpinum R.Br. Victorian Nat.

89(9): 260-263, illustr., 1 table.

Coleoptera: Edusella tridens

Hymenoptera: Honey bee, Prerocormus promissorius, Myrmecia pilosula

KEHAT, M. and WYNDHAM, M.

1972a. The effect of food and water on development, longevity, and

fecundity in the Rutherglen Bug, Nysius vinitor (Hemiptera:

Lygaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 20(2): 119-130, illustr.

KELLY, Peter

1972. Gall insects. Victorian Ent. 2(4): 16-18.

le MESSURIER, John

1972. Pesticides, mosquitoes and the environment. Hunter nat. Hist.

4(3): 162-167, illustr.

Ll, Ching Sing

1972. Integrated control of the White Rice Borer Tryporyza innotata

(Walker) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae), in northern Australia.

Mushi 45, Suppl.: 51-59, 6 tables.

LOFTUS-HILLS, J. J.

1972. See HILL, K. G., LOFTUS-HILLS, J. J. and GARTSIDE,

D. F., 1972.

McALPINE, David Kendray

1972. A note on the Christmas Beetle Trioplognathus griseopilosus

(Coleoptera, Rutelinae). Aust. ent, Mag. 1(1): 14.

MEINANDER, Martin

1972. A revision of the family Coniopterygidae (Planipennia). Acta

zool. fenn. 136: 1-357, text-figs 1-223.

MIDDLETON, E. J., HORN, D. H. S. and GALBRAITH, M. N.

1972. -Insect moulting hormones: the synthesis and configuration of

some 20-hydroxyecdysones. Aust. J. Chem. 25(6): 1245-1252.

MILLS, Rita

1972. Caterpillars in the kitchen. Bendigo Nat. 5 (1): 13, 16-17.

Lepidoptera: Antheraea eucalypti (life-history )

Entometa apicalis (life-history)

MOULDS, Maxwell Sidney

1972. Beating trays—their use and construction. Aust. ent. Mag.

1(1): 7-10, text-figs 1-4.

Lepidoptera: Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius

MOULDS, Maxwell Sidney and PETERS, John Victor

1972. A label check list of the Australian butterflies. 4to. Australian

Entomological Press, Greenwich. 25 pp., 1 pl.

Published 19th October,

NEW, T. R.

1972. A new genus and species of Elipsocidae (Psocoptera) from

Australia. J. Ent. (B)41(1): 31-34, text-figs 1-6.

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2), Novemby, »

OTTE, D. omy oe 5 SPEM

1972. Communicative aspects of reproductive behaviour in Aur;

grasshoppers (Oedipodinae and Gomphocerinae). Aust, ), 1

20(2): 139-152, 6 text-figs, 2 tables.

PETERS, John Victor

1972. A list of the dragonflies (Odonata) collected in the Not

Territory. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 3-4.

1972a. See SMITHERS, C. N. and PETERS, J. V., 1972.

QUICK, W. Nigel B.

1972. A check-list of Australian mainland and Tasmanian Rly

locera. 4to. Ent. Soc. Victoria, Melbourne. Pp. iii, |

[ Cyclostyled. ]

Although no author is given on this publication, the author is ments

in an announcement in Victorian Ent. 2(3):

RICHARDS, Aola M.

1972. The distribution and possible origins of Tasmanian cave cit

Proc. 8th biennial Conf. Aust. speleol. Fed.: 85-87.

Orthoptera species.

ROBERTS, Frederick Hugh Sherston

OBITUARY. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 226: 26-21.

ROULSTON, W. J.

1972. See SCHNITZERLING, H. J. et al., 1972.

SCHNITZERLING, H. J., ROULSTON, W. J., STONE, B. F., WILSQN |

and THOMPSON, P. G.

1972. The rate of loss of DDT on cattle in relation to prot

from reinfestation by the cattle tick Boophilus microplu, 4

J. agric. Res. 23(4): 735-744, 4 text-figs, 2 tables.

SHEPHERD, Rosamond and EDMONDS, John

1972. Notes on the European Rabbit Flea (Spilopsylus o

Dale) in Victoria. Victorian Nat. 89(7): 194-195.

SMITHERS, Courtenay Neville and PETERS, John Victor

1972. Butterflies observed in Warrumbungle National Park, NS

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 11-12.

STONE, B.-F...

1972. Genetics of resistance by ticks to acaricides. Aust. W

48(6): 345-350.

1972a. See SCHNITZERLING, H. J. et al., 1972.

THOMPSON, P. G.

1972. See SCHNITZERLING, H. J. et al., 1972.

WATERHOUSE, Douglas Frew |

1972. See COMMON, I. F. B. and WATERHOUSE, D. REO

WATERHOUSE, Douglas Frew et al. i

1972. The use of DDT in Australia. Rep. Aust. Acad. Sci. 14!

WATSON, J. A. L. l

1972a. Ovarian activity during development of incipient colonies d.

pts Hodotermes mossambicus. J. Insect Physiol. 18t

07.

WILSON, J. T.

1972. See SCHNITZERLING, H. J. et al., 1972.

WYNDHAM, M.

1972a. See KEHAT, M. and WYNDHAM, M., 1972a.

SUBSCRIBERS' NOTICES

Subscribers’ notices are printed free of charge to private subscribers.

Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right

to alter or reject notices considered unsuitable.

WANTED. Display cabinet for Lepidoptera. Unit to be fitted with

drawers approx. 24" x 18". Overall dimensions to be approx. 24"

high x 24” wide x 18” deep. J. W. Wrigley, Botanic Gardens, Dept.

of Interior, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601.

EXCHANGE. Butterflies and moths from eastern Canada, esp. Sphingidae,

Saturniidae, Notodontidae and Lasiocampidae, in exchange for

Australian Sphingidae, Saturniidae, Anthelidae and related Lepido-

ptera. Also big beetles, stick-insects etc. which may be useful for

Museum exhibits, all carefully labelled. Royal Antario Museum,

Dept. of Entomology, c/- J. C. E. Riotte, 100 Queen's Park,

Toronto 181, Ontario, Canada.

EXCHANGE, BUY, SELL. Butterfly pupae and papered specimens,

Australia and overseas, especially Ornithoptera and Ogyris but no

Hesperoiidea. Lloyd Nielsen, Esme St., Tamborine Mountain, Old.,

4272

WANTED. Beetles and butterflies from Australia, New Guinea and

Pacific Islands. Prefer to buy. Mario Sigalas, P.O. Box 311, Castle

Hill, N.S.W., 2154.

LEPIDOPTERA and shells from Solomon Islands for sale or exchange.

R. H. Morgan, Ranginai Rd., Titirangi, Auckland 7, New Zealand.

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it

extends for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased

if ordered in advance.

Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers

to the journal.

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper he considers

unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

McALPINE, D. K. The meaning and practical application of t

species concept oe. cee cies emen |

MOULDS, M. S. A list of dragonflies collected at Iron

Cape York Peninsula from 10th-13th April, 197] ....—

ROSE, A. B. Additional records of butterflies from Kur

Chase National Park, New South Wales ..........

THOMAS, B. J. New northern records of the Hairy Cica

Tettigarcta crinita (Homoptera, Tettigarctidae) 0...

UPITIS, B. Camphor Laurel leaves as a relaxing agent...

RECENT LITERATURE ...........—.-71. 7299 2] NN

SUBSCRIBERS' NOTICES

NOW PUBLISHED

BUTTERFLIES OF AUSTRALIA

by Dr I. F. B. Common and Dr D. F. Waterhouse

480 pages, 27 col. pls, 14 half-tone pls, 25 fext-figs,

plus 364 distribution maps.

This long awaited book, based on G. A. Waterhouses famous jie

Butterfly Is That?, will certainly be the recognised authoritative refere

to the Australian butterflies for many years to come.

PRICE $22.50 plus 65c postage

A LABEL CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES -

by M. S. Moulds and J. V. Peters 1

This publication contains an individually framed label for every Auri

species and subspecies which may be cut out and used in mui

collection. It follows the order given in Butterflies of Australia ib

PRICE $1.20 plus 24c postage

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065 — Ph.: 43971

Surrey BEATTY & SONS, PRINTERS

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

HAEN

Aust. ent. Mag. A Saute

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 1, PART 3

APRIL, 1973

Australian. Entomological Magazine is a journal concerned »

entomology in the Australian Region and is designed for y

amateur collectors and professional entomologists. It will be pulis

four times annually, though not necessarily at regular intend

parts will comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be sy

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

individual Subscriptions

$4.00 per annum within Aust. & Terr.

A$5.00 per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

ASS.00 per annum

COVER

Drawing by S. P. Kim. 1

Design by G. Daniels. |

Depicts a female Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta crinita Distam i |

Tettigarctidae. The Cicadoidea are divided into only tois

of which the Tettigarctidae comprises only two species, tt

stricted to Australia.

(

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia.

e OO e

Phone: 43-3972 f

^ i

Printed by à

SURREY BEATTY & SONS i

Rickard Road, Chipping Norton, 0

- N.S.W., 2170 ?

Australian Entomological |

FANAL MUS

. ZO SE

Magazine YS GN

8 2 28 MAY 973 ^

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 1, Part 3 April;

. FURTHER NOTES ON THE USE OF CAMPHOR LAUREL (CINNAMOMUM

CAMPHORA) AS A RELAXING AGENT

By Mary R. Chapman

School of Biological Sciences,

James Cook University of North Queensland,

P.O. Box 999, Townsville, Old. 4812

I read with interest the article in the last issue of Aust. ent. Mag.

concerning the use of Camphor Laurel leaves for relaxing insect specimens

and would like to add to the information given there by Mr. Upitis.

I have used this method for twenty years and can guarantee its

success. However, I strive to obtain and use fresh new pinkish tips

as the oil/moisture content is fairly high and seems to act quickly on

the membranous bands between the sclerites, softening them, then passing

internally and relaxing the chiton as it progresses. It also seems to act

as an inert insecticide and fungicide, as all my specimens relaxed this

way and fully dried before removing from the setting board have resisted

| both insect and mould attack, my oldest specimens having survived

| this way for eleven years without the use of insecticides.

Insects, no matter what age, when placed in a fresh preparation

(ie. well crushed new growth), will soften within four to six hours and

can usually be pinned within eight hours. This eliminates the lengthy

days in relaxing tins, close to moisture. A closed container, with crushed

fresh leaves, is also an excellent receptacle for holding papered specimens

and loose dead insects. It keeps them in perfect condition and prevents

drying out.

However, the new tips tend to darken and lose effectiveness within

three to five days, depending on the amount of use. Some mould does

grow on the leaves after this time but experiments have shown that

| thymol or chlorocresol added at the same time as the leaves prevents

mould completely. I have also added two to three drops of clove oil

and this has kept drying out to a minimum. At the moment I have a

bottle which was prepared in December, 1971. It is still in use and

is still effective, although the specimens take longer to relax. It was

also accidentally used as a killing bottle in August and dispatched

a hawk moth in two minutes.

Finally, I would agree with Mr. Upitis, that its usefulness far

outweighs any disadvantages and it is extremely simple and easy to

| prepare.

18 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Apri, i

BOOK REVIEW

Butterflies of Australia. I. F. B. Common and D. F. Watery

Angus and Robertson, Sydney, 19th Oct, 1972. 498pp, 240m:

175mm with 41 pls (28 in col.) 25 line drawings and 366 maps. A

For some years there has been a need for a revision of G, A Wè

houses What Butterfly is That? published in 1932. The author }

wisely avoided such as revision producing instead an up to date, att

tative work which has brought together the very latest information avi

on the butterflies of Australia.

Apart from the purely descriptive sections of the book (Chy

7 to 12) there are chapters dealing with early history, biology, behai

geographical distribution, classification and nomenclature, and i;

lection and study of butterflies. Extremely useful are the glossary,

plant list and a section listing information received after the comp:

of the manuscript. A bibliography is included but is by no means aix

as it covers only the more important literature dealing with Auti

butterflies. The book concludes with a detailed index.

The descriptive chapters covering each of the butterfly fr

are excellent, giving the known facts on each species with regi

distribution, life history and descriptions of the adult butterfies.1

inclusion of small distribution maps gives, at a glance, a guide i)

range of each species and subspecies within Australia. The dots ot

maps are at first misleading as no explanation is given for their pr

In fact they represent major towns and cities. :

The detailed text is complemented by colour plates which il

ninety five percent of the recorded species. All but two of thee) |

appeared in What Butterfly is That? In Butterflies of Australia, hoy:

their increased size and "freshness" is pleasing. Plate 9, showin-

smaller skippers obviously wasn’t given adequate clarity of &E |

Cayley’s original paintings but in the book under review this pt

has been partly solved by line drawings (Fig. 9) showing both t |

brands and other wing markings of male specimens of these slip |

The many changes in nomenclature which have occurred int |

years add considerably to the value of the book. The inclusion ds |

genitalia drawings for some genera stress the importance of this st ;

in the identification of some species. |

The authors have been meticulous in the preparation of the Xi: |

as a result errors appear to be few. However, the section on bis ;

trapping plants in chapter three requires comment. Here te į

suggests that only Pieris rapae is trapped by the plant (Araujia hon x

whereas in fact a number of butterfly and moth species as well a! ;

insects are trapped by this plant. The author also misleads tiet d

by saying that the butterflies are caught by the leg wheres i

they are caught by their haustellum. j

All in all this is an excellent book, well printed in a dez? ,

read type on a clean white paper. I strongly recommend it t£ 5

with an interest in Australian butterflies. It may be unfortu™

some that this fine book should appear so soon after those of MC

and D'Abrera; all three in the $20 plus bracket. N

John V.E t

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 19

A NEW SPECIES AND NEW RECORDS OF SISYRIDAE (NEUROPTERA) .

FROM AUSTRALIA

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, College St., Sydney

Introduction

There are very few records of Sisyridae (Neuroptera) (Spongillaflies)

from Australia. Recent collecting has provided fresh material of known

species and of a new species of Sisyrina Banks, a genus previously

known only from one species from India (S. nirvana Banks). The

occurrence of this genus in tropical Australia is, therefore, interesting

and the other new material listed here extends the known ranges of

species concerned.

The larvae of Sisyrids are found in association with fresh water

sponges and the adults occur on vegetation along river banks where the

sponges occur.

Sisyra brunnea Banks

New Material: QUEENSLAND: 12, Claudie River, near Mt. Lamond,

5.vi.1966 (D. K. McAlpine); 22, 39, Mulgrave River, about 4 miles

west of Gordonvale, 2.1.1967 (D. K. McAlpine); 164, 139, Ross and

Locke Picnic area, Mulgrave River, about 4 miles west of Gordonvale,

191.1972 (C. N. Smithers and J. V. Peters). Two larvae taken at

the same time from fresh water sponges in the river possibly belong to

this species (C. N. Smithers and A. Tregenza).

Previous records: Kuranda and Brisbane (Banks, 1909); Cedar Creek

(Esben-Petersen, 1918).

Sisyra rufistigma Tillyard

New Material: NEW SOUTH WALES: 34,29, Cootes Crossing, Orara

| River, 26.viii.1961 (C. N. and A. S. Smithers); 19, Royal National

Park, 29.ix.1968 (C. N. Smithers); 29, Apsley Falls, 19.1.1971 (C. N.

Smithers).

| Previous record: National Park (Tillyard, 1916).

. Discussion: Esben-Petersen (1918, p. 31) synonymised Sisyra rufistigma

| with S. brunnea. Handschin (1935) accepted this synonymy. It seems

likely, however, that Tillvard's S. rufistigma is distinct from S. brunnea.

| S. brunnea has the flagellum of the antennae bicoloured and has dark

streaks running through the cells parallel to the veins whereas S. rufistigma

has the veins partly bordered with faint colour and has the flagellum

of the antennae of one colour. Until the tvpes of these two species can be

compared and their synonymity confirmed I prefer to regard them as

^ distinct species.

Sisyra esbenpeterseni Handschin

. New Material: NORTHERN TERRITORY: 19, Jim Jim Waterhole,

. 28.vii.1970 (J. V. Peters).

. Previous record: “Northern Australia" (Handschin. 1935).

Sisyra punctata Banks

. New material: QUEENSLAND: 19, in riverine forest, Rocky River,

15-19.vi.1960 (C. N. Smithers).

an Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April 1%

Previous records: “Bundaberg district, Middle Queensland” (Bui

1909); Burnside Station, Northern Territory (Handschin, 1935),

Sisyra turneri Tillyard

New material: NEW SOUTH WALES: 24, Shoalhaven River, w

Braidwood, 26-30.xi.1962 (C. N. and A. S. Smithers); 212, 169, s

locality, 2.xii.1960 (C. N. Smithers). ka

Previous record: Armidale, at 3,300 feet (Tillyard, 1916).

Sisyrina tropica sp. n.

DESCRIPTION |

Coloration (in alcohol). Vertex shiny brown; median epix

suture almost black, paler diverging lines run from anterior mari:

meet compound eyes just behind antennae bases; head anterior to anten:

pale yellowish brown with black hairs. Palps brown. Eyes black. Antw

with first eight segments black, more distal segments creamy yi

Thorax dorsally brown, sutures bordered with pale brown. Prothox

legs pale creamy yellow. Meso- and metathoracic legs as prothur

but with basal halves of femora brownish. Fore wings tinged with bror

a poorly defined, longitudinal darker band in each cell. Veins w

dark brown. Abdomen brown, terminal structures in male very dii

Morphology. Length of body: 3 mm. Vertex with vey i

forwardly directed setae. Frons with a few larger forwardly di

setae between antenna bases. Fore wing length: 3.5 mm.; width:1

mm. Venation of fore wings: nine costal veinlets before pterosix

Three cross veins between R, and Rs, all entire; two sectorial crow:

one between R, and R, and one between R, and Res, both bu:

two ralio-medial crossveins, the first just distad to the R, — Rss bifurca

entire, the second, in the outer gradate series, broken; two crossi

between MA and MP, a small one at the basal third of the win

distal, broken one in the outer gradate series; one crossvein, broket.

the outer gradate series between MP, and MP+, two entire ci

veins between MP and Cu, and one, entire, between Cu, anil

Hind wing length: 3.1 mm.; width 1.3 mm. Venation of hind w

costal area with about six veinlets; outer gradate series with R.-'

and MP — Cu, crossveins entire, others broken; proximal MB

crossvein evanescent. Terminal structures of male (fig. 1). Te

structures of female (fig. 3).

Material examined: QUEENSLAND: 14 (holotype), near Lake Pa

19.xii.1972 (C. N. Smithers and J. V. Peters); 19 (allotype) Kus

27.xii.1958 (D. K. McAlpine); 142, Barratt Creek, near Dur

16.xii.1972 (C. N. Smithers and J. V. Peters); 14, Mulgrave Ñ

about 4 miles west of Gordonvale, 19.xii.1972 (C. N. Smithsi ;

J. V. Peters). Holotype, allotype and paratype in the Australian Mus ;

DISCUSSION: |

_ A type and paratype of S. nirvana Banks have been eran

Sisyrina tropica is very closely related to S. nirvana Banks from E

the only other species described in the genus. S. tropica is dav

appearing almost black in the field; the form of the male clase

different in lateral view (figs. 1 and 2), being more strongly nis Ê

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 21

distad of the large ventral spine and having a more sinuous dorsal

margin in S. tropica. The parameres are distally incurved whereas those of

S. nirvana are straight throughout their length and narrower than in

S. tropica. The ninth tergite and sternite in the females differ somewhat

in proportion in the two species (see figs. 3 and 4).

Figure l. Sisyrina tropica 4, right clasper, lateral view, type.

Figure 2. Sisyrina nirvana, same.

Figure 3. Sisyrina tropica 9, ninth tergite and sternite, allotype.

Figure 4. Sisyrina nirvana, same, paratype.

Acknowledgement

I would like to thank Dr. H. E. Evans for kindly arranging for

the loan of type material of Sisyrina nirvana.

22 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Apri, ©

References

Banks, N., 1909. Hemerobiidae from Queensland, Australia (Neuroptera, Here

re biidae). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 11: 76-81. .—

Esben-Petersen, P., 1918. Results of Dr. E. M, Myjoberg’s Swedish six:

expeditions to Australia 1910-1913. Ark. Zool. 11(26): 1-37, Bs

3 pls.

Handschin, E., 1935. Indoaustralische Neuropteren und Mecopteren, Rey, s

Zool. 42(27): 683-713, 18 figs.

Tillyard, R. J. 1916. Studies in Australian Neuroptera IV. Proc. Lin, |

N.S.W. 41: 269-332, figs 1-12, pls 12-19.

BOOK REVIEW

A Label Check List of the Australian Butterflies. M. S. Mouli:

J. V. Peters. Australian Entomological Press, Sydney. Pub. 19th Oc

1972. 25 pages 25 mm x 19 mm, 1 plate. $1.20.

This publication is the first systematic label list of Aur:

butterflies. Published in conjunction with, and primarily based or:

authorative and comprehensive Butterflies of Australia by I. F. B. Ca

and D. F. Waterhouse, the list provides a reference for current nc

clature and satisfies a demand for a standardised label for bot:

amateur and professional collection.

Following a forward the book includes a diagram suggest

suitable layout for labelling a collection and an index to the g:

Then follows seventeen pages of 40 mm x 20 mm labels listin’

species of butterfly from Australia, Tasmania, the islands of Ir

Strait, Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island. The subspecies are are

geographically and listed clock-wise from the Northern Term

Western Australia. The publication is completed with five pages ot

labels designed to be cut from the book.

Moulds and Peters have produced a carefully compiled Is.

forming to up to date nomenclature and taxonomic treatments li

are provided for each taxonomic category in a very systematic n

and the author of each genus, species and subspecies is included, ix

the date of publication is omitted. The standard of printing is iix

but examples of blotched or faint print can be found on som:

The printers ink, unfortunately, can be smudged, which cui!

hazardous when transferring the labels to the collection.

Although the authors have closely followed Common and |:

house to produce this publication they have, notably, indus:

butterflies of Norfolk Island. The addition of Papilio ilioneu i»

Donovan from this island correctly refutes the belief of D’Abrer,! -

that this insect is a race of Papilio amynthor Boisduval. |

Whilst the list omits the sometimes cumbersome seaoil!

polymorphic forms of Australian butterflies, their subspedícs |

treated with thoroughness. One anomaly, however, is the inis:

Catopsilia gorgophone gorgophone (Bois.) as a race of Catopsilus;-

A Label Check List of the Australian Butterflies is ape

and important contribution to present day literature on Loir

jt will be invaluable to the amateur and professional collet

catalogue and reference as well as a means of labelling a SEN

ARS

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 23

NOTES ON THE WEB OF POECILOPACHYS AUSTRALASIA (GRIFFITH AND

PIDGEON, 1833) (ARANEIDA: ARGIOPIDAE)

By Densey Clyne,

7 Catalpa Crescent, Turramurra, 2074, N.S.W.

Introduction

Webs of many argiopid species show slight to marked modifications

of what might be regarded as a 'typical' orb web, but the methods of

construction are basically similar. However, some of the procedures used

by Poecilopachys australasia, and certain characteristics of its finished

orb web, differ markedly from those of any other species known to the

author. Goodwin (1961) observes that this species makes an “irregular

web", but does not make any specific reference to its structure, She also

refers to its retreat position “on the under surface of a leaf".

The mature female of P. australasia is a small arboreal spider

(8 mm) with a smooth, glossy integument coloured green, red, yellow

and white. In spite of its bright colours, this spider is easily overlooked

because of its size and habits, but where it occurs it does so in fair

numbers, varying from year to year.

The web is usually built late at night, and only under favourable

conditions. Calm, mild to warm, dewy nights seem to be preferred, and

light rain does not preclude web-building. With few exceptions spiders

under observation have not started web-building until at the earliest

two hours after dark. Most started later, and the latest recorded was

started about 1.30 a.m., but usually the last-observed web to be built

on any given night was finished by approximately 2 a.m. What is left

of the web is dismantled by the spider between first light and sunrise.

During the day the spider rests on the lower surface of a leaf on

the edge of a tree or shrub. The leaf retreat is unmodified and usually

not less than two feet from the ground but may be up to 15 feet

high when other vegetation is available on the opposite side of a clear

= Space to provide attachment points for the web. The retreat is used as a

starting point for the construction of the web.

Terminology

In order to facilitate description of the web building procedure,

it is necessary to introduce certain terms not previously used in the

descriptions of orb webs. For this reason it is convenient to give a

brief preliminary description of the finished web.

The web is asymmetrical to a more or less marked degree. There

is no spiral of any sort at any stage, so the terms ‘temporary spiral’

and viscid spiral, are irrelevant. The operative part of the web consists,

progressively outward from the hub, of (a) one or several more-or-less

complete ‘circles’ which may be discontinued at one or more points

where the silk is attached to a radial (R); and (b) a number of

24 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Api $

incomplete circles which span fewer and fewer sectors of th;

progressively towards the periphery at the lower part of the web, y.

they may span only one or two sectors.

The term 'viscid spiral' needs to be replaced by a tem y

will cover either complete circles or sections of circles, and th»

‘viscid line? (VL) is used here for this, although the lines a:

continuously viscid, and between radials they hang loosely emi

give a scalloped appearance rather than forming a continuously sy

line. For a single section of the viscid line that spans a sector betwæn:

radials, the term ‘spanning thread’ (ST) seems adequate. In other w

a viscid line (VL) comprises one or more spanning threads (ST).

may or may not encircle the hub.

The web and building procedures

The web is built on a frame which starts with two fox:

lines forming a long, narrow V with the opening at the lower a

third foundation line joins these two, completing and forming tic!

line of a more-or-less equilaterial triangle. The web is placed with,

triangle (fig. 1). In the finished web the base-line is not straight, b

pulled upward at several points, according to the number of m

attached to it, towards the hub.

The finished web is longitudinally inclined at an angle whit:

vary from 45 degrees to almost horizontal. Each of the two longhi

foundation lines may differ slightly from one another in their antt

the horizontal, depending on the relative positions of the atx ,

points, so that the short axis of the framework may also be itt

downward, progressively from the point of commencement nari:

treat. In other words, the web as a whole may be inclined ni:

lengthwise but also sideways. The maximum degree of inclination i

short axis is usually less than that of the long axis.

The number of radial lines placed within the triangular ite

small (see Table I). The converging radial lines form a hb

is fairly high in the web and strengthened by a few spiral tum i.

The dry silk used for frame and radials is extremely fine, vii:

explain the choice of windless nights for web-building.

The following is a step-by-step description of the observed kc:

of one mature female P. australasia after the placing of tk!

lines. A diagrammatic plan of the finished web is appended (i

together with a list of abbreviations.

1. The spider moves from the hub (H) down R6 to point (a

attaches silk at that point, and returns to H drawing the sil |

behind her.

2. Just before reaching H, and without pausing, she starts pj? .

from her spinnerets with the fourth tarsi a thick, clap" `

viscid silk which apparently moves out behind her along È «

silk thread, and stationary at H she continues this procediti i

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 25

Approximate Scale

i ed ————À

5 10 15 20cm.

Figure 1

Diagrammatic representation of a large web of P. australasia

Abbreviations

H hub o

R followed by a figure indicates a redial. These are numbered consecutively

clockwise from the retreat, R1 being also the route taken by the spider

to and from its rereat. ,

S followed by a figure indicates a sector. These afe numbered consecutively

clockwise from the retreat. 3

Small letters indicate points of attachment referred to in the text. Arrows at the

beginning of each VL indicate. its. direction.

10.

ps:

14.

157

16.

~ on either R1 or R6, but these two VLs form the first, ad

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April T

the viscid covering has moved back to within a short distance:

the point of attachment (‘a’ on R6) of the dry silk thread’

She moves down R7 from H, taking this ST with her, andj

before reaching and attaching the ST at ‘a’ on R7, she paso

with a fourth leg a short length of dry silk to correspond witht:

attached at ‘a’ on R6. Thus the ST has a dry section at either «

Returning along R7 to H, she then moves directly out again d

R6 to ‘b’, where she goes through the same procedure to spat

same sector (S6) closer to H, in a clockwise direction, and i

returns to H.

Moving directly to 'c' on R6 she spans S6 again in th s

direction, and after attaching the ST, returns with another ST t:

This ST she uses to span S7.

Returning to H she moves directly down to ‘a’ on R5, and still no:

in a clockwise direction proceeds to span S5.

She follows this by spanning S6 and S7, forming a continuou l

across the three sectors.

Now, moving down R5, she spans S5, and follows by spa:

S6 and S7, again forming a continuous VL across the same t

sectors as last time.

Returning to H, the spider moves again down R6 to span %, £

which she spans S7 and S8, making a continuous clockwise |

across the three sectors.

Moving down R6 once more, she spans SS again, but this $

in an anti-clockwise direction, and then moves down R5 aly

S4 in the same direction, forming a continuous VL with tk’

just placed across S5.

The ninth VL is formed by STs across S6, S7, S8 and 9:

clockwise direction.

The tenth VL is formed by STs across S5, S4, and $i.

anti-clockwise direction.

The eleventh VL runs clockwise from R6 across six sects!

ends up attached at R1, which is the R leading to the siz

retreat.

The twelfth VL runs anti-clockwise from R6 spanning fou s

The thirteenth: VL starts on R5 and runs clockwise acros *

sectors, to end on R1. F

The fourteenth VL runs anti-clockwise from R5 across four s

and also ends up on R1. The two ‘semi-circles’ do not quit

web. the : only, complete ‘circle’.

. The web is. now finished, and the spider retires either to Ht. |

the retreat.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April; 1973 27

There is a great deal of variation among individual webs in (a) the

number of radials (R); (b) the number of viscid lines (VL) in each

sector; (c) the maximum and minimum number of spanning threads

(ST); (d) the ratio of the latter to one another; (e) the ratio of clockwise

to anti-clockwise movements of the spider and (f) the number of lower

radii that are used as starting points for VLs. (See Table I for comparative

figures on some of the above variations).

The essential differences between the web-building procedures of

P. australasia and that of, for example, any common species of Araneus

making what could be called a ‘typical’ orb web, are summarised below.

The web of Araneus is designated Web A and the web of P. australasia is

designated Web B.

1. Web A has a temporary ‘scaffolding’ spiral of dry silk while Web B

does not.

2, Most of the trap portion of Web A is made in the form of a

continuous spiral, while no portion of Web B is made in this way.

3. The viscid silk of Web A is placed in position across the sectors

by continuous movement of the spider around the hub at a de-

creasing distance from it, and the spider does not normally return

to the hub until it has finished doing this. While the trap portion

of Web B is also commenced at the periphery of the frame, the

viscid silk is placed in position across each sector individually,

and the spider returns to the hub after the spanning of each in-

dividual sector.

4. In Web A, points of attachment are measured off from the

preceding turn of viscid silk by the spider’s body. In Web B only

the initial point of attachment of each viscid line is measured

off in this way. Subsequent measurements appear to be based on

the distance travelled to the hub while paying out the spanning

thread, the spider returning the same distance along the next radial

before attaching the other end of the spanning thread to it.

5. In Web A the viscid coating is extruded simultaneously with the

dry silk of the spiral. In Web B the viscid coating is placed on

the dry silk foundation only after sufficient of the latter has been

extruded to span a given sector (though see *).

6. The viscid silk of Web A is laid continuously from beginning

to end of spiral. In Web B the viscid silk is laid discontinuously,

leaving a section of dry silk adjacent to each point of attachment.

— C mrM————————————————————————

* It is possible that rather than paying a covering of viscid silk back along

the dry line in the form of a tube, the spider continues to produce the line as

before but starts at this point to give it a viscid covering while it is being

produced. This would mean that, as the viscid portions extended backwards, the dry

portion which is equal in- length to the distance travelled by the spider between

the point of attachment and the hub would have to contract to a fraction of

its original length to remain as taut as it does. From observation, the first

explanation seems more likely.

28 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Api «

TABLE 1

Observed data for 35 webs of P. australasia (ST — spanning thre

—————————MSÁÁMÁ»———— —

No. of radials Max. no. Min. no. No. of STs in sectors, cloch:

of STs of STs from retreat

9 10 4

9 5 2

10 4 1

10 3 0

9 3 0

9 6 1

12 16 7

9 12 1

7 3

7 2

11 13 3 3,6,7,11,13,10,3,6,7,3

10 8 2 2,4,6,7,7,8,6,5,4,4

11 11 2

10 8 2 4,4,5,6,8,7,7,6,4,2

10 11 5 5,6,6,7,10,11,7,6,6,6

10 10 (0)

8 10 0 1,2,4,10,10,2,0

11 9 2 2,2,3,4,5,9,7,4,322

9 5 2 2,3,3,3,5,5,4,4,3

9 4 1 2,1,3,4,4,4,4,4,2

8 6 0 1,1,2,6,6,1,0,1

Maximum number of radials in one web .......... s.

Maximum number of STs in one sector .......... a,

Maximum discrepancy between max. and min. STs in one e Web

Web count according to number of radials, the latter in brackets: I

C11); 14(10); 11(9); 2(8); 1(7).

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 29

The ‘floating’ appearance of the web of P. australasia is enhanced

by a variation in the method of adding the viscid material to the dry

sik line. This is seen often in the webs of immature spiders, and

may be a way of economising on viscid silk. Instead of a continuous

covering, the viscid silk is paid out in a series of short sections, varying

in both length and number according to the width of the sector spanned

by the relevant spanning thread. There may be up to 15 of these short

sections on one spanning thread, usually between 5 mm and 7 mm

long, with shorter spacers of dry silk between them. Spanning threads

of some webs contain both continuous and broken sections of viscid

silk, but the construction of such webs has not been observed, and the

broken sections may have run together. These sections are produced

as the spider pays out the viscid silk.

A later development with webs that contain these short sections

(and perhaps with others) is that the droplets forming each section

may run together to form a single large drop. Separate rows of up to

10 of these large drops are clearly visible at a distance, like pearls

strung together to form a multi-strand necklace.

The advantages of having the spanning threads attached by non-

viscid silk becomes obvious when a small moth, which seems to be the

usual prey of this species, flies into the web. The openness of the web

ensures that the moth will not usually adhere to more than one spanning

thread. When it is caught, the spanning thread breaks at one end so that

the moth dangles, and thus its attempts to escape have little effect on

any other part of the web. When this happens the spider runs to the

hub if she is not already there, and appears to test various radials with

her tarsi. Then she runs along the correct radial, either hauls up or

runs down the broken spanning thread, bites the dangling moth and

wraps it loosely in silk. The immobilised and wrapped prey is usually

taken to the hub or the retreat, or may be left in situ for a while.

Spanning threads from which moths or other insects have escaped

Or been removed, and from which much of the viscid silk has been

lost, can on close inspection be seen hanging from a radial. These missing

spanning threads account for many irregularities seen on first looking

at a web. The viscid lines are extremely sticky and very elastic, and

this elasticity is another factor that helps keep the struggling prey

clear of the web, because even if the spanning thread fails to break

at one end, the trapped insect still hangs well below the plane of the web.

Reference

Goodwin, P. M., 1961. Biological and synoymic notes on the genus Poecilopachys

Simon (Araneida, Argiopidae) Proc. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 1959-60: 72-78.

An Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Apri, i:

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

This section attempts to fulfil the need for a comprehensive lit:

current Australian entomological literature. It is arranged so thii

listings may be used to compile personal bibliographies concer:

specialised interests. It dates back to the beginning of 1972.

If you have published anything concerning Australian in:

since the beginning of 1972 and it is not listed in this, or pro

issues of Aust. ent. Mag., | wouid be grateful if you would ai

me accordingly so that such literature can be listed in the noti.

ALLEN, Robert 3

1972. The Case Moths. Bendigo Nat. 5(2): 25-26, illust.

BALDERSON, John

1972. See KEY, K. H. L. and BALDERSON, J., 1972.

BARTON BROWNE, Lindsay B.

1972. See VAN GERWEN, A. C. M., BARTON BROWNE, L:

and SOO HOO, C. F., 1972.

BASDEN, Ralph

1972. A series of oligosaccharides, occurring in the honey&r

insects, based on turanose. Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW. 9;

95-97, tables 1 & 2.

Aphididae, Coccidae and Psyllidae.

BESSERDIN, Raymond

1972a. The Hymenoptera [continued]. Victorian Ent. 2(5): 14i

BRINSDEN, I.

1972. Butterflies, 1970-71 season. 9th Rept. Sunraysia Nat. Res Ii

41-43.

_This report is published by Sunnaysia Nat. Res. Trust, P, Bu'

Mildura and is in quarto cyclostyled form.

BURNS, Alexander Noble

1972c. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat. W

285-286.

Lepidoptera

1972d. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat, 8

347-348.

1973. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat. 90(1):-

1973a. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat, $).

39-40.

CLYNE, Densey

1972b. Insects in my garden. Part 5—Lacewings. Wildlife Aust’:

98-100, illustr.

CRADDOCK, Elysse

1972. Chromosomal diversity in the Australian Phasmatodea. :

J. Zool. 20(4): 445-462, 2 tables, 4 figs.

CROSSKEY, R. W.

1972. A new species and new synonymy in the genus Sin

Macquart (Diptera: Calliphoridae). J. Ent. (BA:

102, fig. 1.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 31

DAVIES, Gail

1972. Natural ecosystems in the Iron Range area of far north

Queensland. N. Od Nat. 40(159): 2-8, 1 map.

DOBROTWORSKY, Nikolay V.

1972a. The Tipulidae (Diptera) of Australia. VI. The genus Acracantha

Skuse. VIL. The genus Leptotarsus Guérin; the subgenera

Leptotarsus S. Str. and Pseudoleptotarsus Alexander. Aust. J.

Zool. Suppl. 16: 1-43, figs 1-73.

1972b. Notes on the genus Ptilogyna Westwood (Diptera: Tipulidae).

Pacific Ins. 14(4): 697-701, text-figs 1-14.

DOMROW, Robert

1972b. Two new species of Haemolaelaps Berlese (Acari: Dermanys-

sidae) from Leadbeater’s Possum. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(4):

290-294, text-figs 1-9.

1972c. The Crassipes species-group, genus Trichosuroloelaps Womersley

(Acari: Dermanyssidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(4): 295-305,

text-figs 1-20.

1973. See FAIN, A. and DOMROW, R., 1973.

DOY, F. A.

1972. See SELIGMAN, I. M. and DOY, F. A., 1972.

DREW, Richard Arthur I.

1972a. Additions to the species of Dacini (Diptera: Tephritidae) from

the South Pacific area with keys to species. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

11(3): 185-231, text-figs 1-13.

DUDZINSKI, Anne E.

1972. See WENSLER, R. J. and DUDZINSKI, A. E., 1972.

EVANS, Howard E.

1972a. The tribe Ctenoceratini in Australia (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(3): 244-252, text-figs 1-9.

EVANS, John William

1972b. Some leafhoppers from New Guinea, Australia and Thailand

belonging to the subfamily Jassinae and a new genus from

New Guinea referred to a new subfamily, the Acostemminae

(Homoptera: Cicadellidae). Pacific Ins. 14(4): 647-662, figs

1972c. A new species of Peloridiidae (Homoptera, Coleorrhyncha)

from North Queensland. Proc. R. Soc. Qd 83: 83-88, text-figs

1-9.

FAIN, Alex and DOMROW, Robert

1973. Two new fur-mites (Acari: Atopomelidae) from an Australian

Tiger Cat (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

97(3): 161-164, text-figs 1-5.

FENNAH, R. G.

1973. A new species of Notuchus (Homoptera, Fulgoroidea, Del-

phacidae) from Lord Howe Island. Rec. Aust. Mus. 28(13):

265-267, figs 1-9.

FORTEATH, G. N. R.

1972. See OSBORN, A. W. and FORTEATH, G. N. R., 1972.

32 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Api «

FOX, K. J. X

1973. Migrant Lepidoptera in New Zealand 1971-1972. Nz;

5(2): 143-146.

GAUCHAT, Claude A.

1972. A note on Podapolipoides grassii Berlese (Acarina: Pole

pidae), a parasite of Chortoicetes terminifera Wiz:

Australian Plague Locust. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(3): 289

GILBERT, W. S.

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972.

GILES, Edward Thomas and WEBB, G. C.

1972. The systematics and karyotype of Labidura truncata Vc

1903 (Dermaptera: Labiduridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. I|!

253-256, 1 pl.

GILLMAN, L. Rosemary. JEFFERIES, Marilyn K. and RICHARDS, (.

1972. Non-soil constituents of termite (Coptotermes acinacijo

mounds. Aust. J. Bio. Sci. 25(5): 1005-1013, 2 tetis

tables.

GLENNIE-KOLMES, M.

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972.

GOODING, Charles George Llewellyn

1972a. The life history, and notes, and observations of the:

Australian “cannibalistic?” butterfly—Pseudodipsas c;

Sands 1964 family, Lycaenidae: genus, Pseudodipsas. Vice

Ent. 2(5): 10-13.

Reprinted from Latrobe Valley Nat. 95: 2-5 (1971).

1972b. Life history, and notes, and observations of a rare Vir

butterfly, the “Moonlight Blue"; Hypochrysops delicia t

(Waterhouse & Lyell). Latrobe Valley Nat. 97: 5-1.

1972c. The Australian Skipper butterflies. Family Hesperiidae. Le

Valley Nat. 108: 1-3.

1973. The Australian Skipper butterflies (continued). Latrobe li

Nat. 109: 2-3.

GOODYER, G. J.

1972. Insect pests of soybeans. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 83(6): 4

illustr.

GRAHAM, M. W. R. de V.

1972. The identity of Lymaenon acuminatus Walker, Typs:

of the genus (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae). J. Ent. (BJ.

131-132.

GREENHAM, P. M.

1972. Effect of the temperature of cattle dung on the rate of tt:

ment of the larvae of the Australian bushfly, Musca etit

Walker (Diptera: Muscidae). J. anim. Ecol. 41: 9

1972a. See HUGHES, R. D., GREENHAM, P. M, TYN:

BISCOE, M. and WALKER, J. M., 1972.

GROSS, Gordon Flinders |

1972. A revision of the species of Australian and New ©

shield bugs formerly placed in the genera Poecilometis D-

and Eumecopus Dallas of lectotypes. Aust. J. Zool. Sy%

1-192, 65 figs.

— eS eee

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 33

HAMILTON-SMITH, Elery

1972b. Bats of the Bungonia Caves. In Bungonia Caves. 4to. Sydney

Speleological Society, Sydney. Pp. 154-159.

Insect parasites of bats.

HOLLICAN P.

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972.

HUGHES, Richard Douglas, GREENHAM, P. M., TYNDALE-BISCOE, Marina

and WALKER; J. N.

1972. A synopsis of observations on the biology of the Australian

Bushfly (Musca vetustissima Walker). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(4):

311-331, text-figs 1-20, tables 1-6.

HUNT, Glenn Stuart

19722. A new cavernicolous harvestman from Western Australia

(Arachnida: Opiliones: Triaenonychidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

11(3): 232-236, text-figs 1-10.

HUTCHINSON, James Frederick

1973. List of insect species taken Dec. 3rd, 1972 near Mt. Stirling,

Victoria, at 2750’ (910 m). Victorian Ent. 3(1): 8.

Lepidoptera & Coleoptera

JEFFERIES, Marilyn K.

1972. See GILLMAN, L. R., JEFFERIES, M., and RICHARDS,

G. N., 1972.

JOHNSON, J. et al

1972. Two-spotted mite control can be improved. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W.

83(5): 294-297, illustr.

Note: This issue is actually numbered 83(4).

KESSELL, A. C.

1972. Effect on bees of insecticides used on rape. J. Agric. West. Aust.

(4)13(3): 83-86, illustr.

KEY, Kenneth Hedley Lewis

1972. A revision of the Psednurini (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae).

Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 14: 1-72, 63 figs, 16 tables.

1973. The primary types of the Australian Eumastacidae (Orthoptera:

Eumastacoidea). Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 19:1-40.

KEY, Kenneth Hedley Lewis and BALDERSON, John

1972. Distributional relations of two species of Psednura (Orthoptera:

Pyrgomorphidae) in the Evans Head area of New South

Wales. Aust. J. Zool. 20(4): 411-422, 1 table, 6 figs.

KIM, Ke Chung

1972. A new species of Hoplopleura (Anoplura: Hoplopleuridae)

from an Australian rat. Pacific Ins. 14(4): 675-678, text-figs

1-7.

KISTNER, David H. and WATSON, J. A. L.

1972. A new tribe of termitophilous aleocharinae (Coleoptera:

Staphylinidae) from Australia. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 17: 1-24,

figs 1-12.

KNOWLES, Charles O. and ROULSTON, William James !

1972. Antagonism by chorphenamidine toxicity to the Cattle Tick

Boophilus microplus by piperonyl butoxide. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

11(4): 349-350, 1 table.

T Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Api «

KUSCHEL, G. " i

1972. The Australian Phrynixinae (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), )

J. Sci. 15(2): 209-231, text-figs 1-53.

LLOYD, Norman Campbell

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972.

LOWERY, Bede Barlow

1972. See TAYLOR, R. W. and LOWERY, B. B., 1972,

MANSKIE, Nola

1972. See MANSKIE, R. C. and MANSKIE, N. 1972.

MANSKIE, Raymond C. and MANSKIE, Noia

1972. Collecting in north-eastern Australia. 8 April 1974]

1972. Victorian Ent. 2(5): 17-23, 1 map.

Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea

MARKS, Elizabeth Nesta

1973. Mosquitoes (Culicidae) in the changing Australian envi

Qd Nat. 20(4-6): 101-116, tables 1-4.

1973a. Some interesting mosquitoes. Nature Notes Suppl. Qd ui.(

News Feb.. 1973: 3-4.

MOUND, L. A. and PALMER, J. M.

1972. Grass-flower infesting thrips of the genus Chirothrips Hi

in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(4): 332-339, textás |

NIKAM, P. K.

1972. Studies on Indian Ichneumonidae, description of a news:

with a key to the Indo-Australian species Dicamptus Sup:

J. nat. Hist. 6(6): 661-665, text-figs 1-14.

OSBORN, Andrew Waite and FORTEATH, G. N. R.

1972. Transmission of Fiji disease by Perkinsiella saccharicida Kit

collected from northern Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. ll:

344-346, 1 map.

PALMER, J. M.

1972. See MOUND, L. A. and PALMER, J. M., 1972.

REEVES, Deniss Michael

1973. Notes on some butterflies from Hoskyn Island, Bunker 0

Od Nat. 20(4-6): 118-120.

RICHARDS, G. N.

1972. See GILLMAN, L. R., JEFFERIES, M. K. and RICH

G. N., 1972.

RICHENS, K.

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972.

ROULSTON, William James

1972a. See KNOWLES, C. O. and ROULSTON, W. J., 1972.

1972b. See SCHUNTNER, C. A., SCHNITZERLING, H. 1.

ROULSTON, W. J., 1972.

SCHEDL, Karl E. l

1972a. Bark and timber beetles of the Pacific Islands. N.Z!

15(3): 265-272.

Norfolk Island species.

SCHNITZERLING, Herbert John

1972. See SCHUNTNER, C. A., SCHNITZERLING, H!

ROULSTON, W. J., 1972.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), April, 1973 35

SCHUNTNER, Charles Arthur

1972. See SMALLMAN, B. N. and SCHUNTNER, C. A., 1972.

SCHUNTNER, Charles Arthur. SCHNITZERLING, Herbert John and

ROULSTON, William

1972. Carbaryl metabolism in larvae of organophosphorus and carba-

mate-susceptible and -resistant strains of cattle tick Boophilius

microplus. Pestic. Biochem. Physiol. 1(3 & 4): 424-433.

SELIGMAN, I. M. and DOY, Freda A.

1972. B-Hydroxy-n-butyric acid in the defensive secretion of Papilio

aegeus. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 42B(2): 341-342.

SMALLMAN, B. N. and SCHUNTNER, Charles Arthur

1972. Authentication of the cholinergic system in the cattle tick,

Boophilus microplus. Insect. Biochem, 2(5): 67-77.

SMITH, Andrew

1972. The Michelangelo of mud wasps. Animals 14(11): 496-497,

illustr.

Pseudepipona bicolor

SMITHERS, Courtenay Neville

1972b. Observations on a breeding population of Danaus plexippus

(L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) at Camden, New South

Wales. Aust. Zool. 17(2): 142-148, tables I-III.

1972c. The classification and phylogeny of the Psocoptera. Aust. Mus.

Mem. 14: 1-349, illustr.

SNAPE, G. D.

1972. Controlling plague locusts with ultra low volume spray misters.

Agric. Gaz, N.S.W. 83(5): 292-293, illustr.

Note: This issue is actually numbered 83(4).

$00 HOO. C. F.

1972. See VAN GERWEN, A. C. M., BARTON BROWNE, L. and

SOO HOO, C. F., 1972.

SPRATT, David M.

1972. A tachinid parasite of Dasybasis oculata (Ricardo) and Dasy-

basis hebes (Walker) (Diptera, Tabanidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

11(3): 260.

TAYLOR, Robert William and LOWERY, Bede Barlow

1972. The New Guinean species of the ant genus Orectognathus Fr.

Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust, ent. Soc. 11(4):

306-310, text-figs 1 & 2, pls I & II.

THWAITE, William Graham

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972.

THOMAS, Barbara Joyce

1972. New northern records of the Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta crinita

(Homoptera, Tittigarctidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2): 2-3, text-

figs 1 & 2.

TIMMER, W.

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972.

TRICKER, Anne

1972. Butterfly notes. 9th Rept. Sunraysia Nat. Res. Trust: 14-15.

This report is published by Sunraysia Nat. Res. Trust, P.O. Box 763,

Mildura and is in quarto cyclostyled form.

36 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3), Apri DI

TYNDALE-BISCOE, Marina

1972. See HUGHES, R. D. GREENHAM, P. M. TYNDALE

BISCOE, M. and WALKER, J. M., 1972. |

UPITIS, Brian , |

1972. Camphor Laurel leaves as a relaxing agent. Aust. ent, |f;

TQ) SL.

LE ie Catopsilia pomona pomona

VAN GERWEN, A. C. M., BARTON BROWNE, L. and SOO HOO, C.f.

1972. Factors affecting the time of the crepuscular mating flight «

duration of mating of the moth Oncopera alboguttata Tit,

(Lepidoptera: Hepialidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(4): MX

1 table.

WALKER, J. M.

1972. See HUGHES, R. D., GREENHAM, P. M., TYNDAl

BISCOE, M. and WALKER, J. M., 1972.

WARD, C. W.

1972. Diversity of proteases in the keratinolytic larvae of the wit

clothes moth, Tineola bisselliella. Comp. Biochem. Phy

42B: 131-135.

WATSON, J. A. L.

1972b. See KISTNER, D. H. and WATSON, J. A. L., 1972

WATSON, J. A. L. and KISTNER, David H.

1972. The glandular anatomy and biology of the termitophi

Australian aleocharine, Drepanoxenus (Coleoptera: Sig

linidae). Aust. J. Zool. 20(4): 341-358, 4 tables, 7 fis.

WEBB, G. C.

1972. See GILES, E. T. and WEBB, G. C., 1972.

WELLING, G.

1972. Invertebrate fauna of Bungonia Caves. In Bungonia (e

Ato. Sydney Speleolobical Society, Sydney. Pp. 105-15

XVII.

WENSLER, Rita J. and DUDZINSKI, Anne E.

1972. Gustation of sugar, amino acids and lipids by lana oi

scarabacid, Sericesthis geminata (Coleoptera). Entomol

exp. appl. 15: 155-165.

WHISTON, D.

1972. See JOHNSON, J., et al, 1972. |

WHITE, T. C. R.

1972a. The distribution, dispersed and host range of Ania !

eucalypti (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae) in New Zealand. Pr

Ins. 14(4): 669-673, 1 map. |

WILSON, Angus George

1972. Distribution of pink bollworm. Pectinophora gu

(Saund.), in Australia and its status as a pest in tk”

irrigation area. J. Aust. Inst. agric. Sci 38(2): 959. .

WINSOR, Leigh

1972. The hatching of Huntsman spiderlings. Victorian Nat 8

355-356, text-figs 1-3.

Aracnida: JDelena cancerides

SUBSCRIBERS' NOTICES

Subscribers’ notices are printed free of charge to private subscribers.

Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right

to alter or reject notices considered unsuitable.

WANTED: Butterflies and shells from Australian Pacific region. Exchange

or buy. R. H. Morgan, 42 Rangiwai Road, Titirangi, Auckland 7,

New Zealand.

EXCHANGE: Butterflies from N.S.W. for those from Victoria, S.A, and

Tasmania. G. Daniels, 31 Bathurst St, Berala, N.S.W. 2141.

EXCHANGE, BUY, SELL. Butterfly pupae and papered specimens,

Australia and overseas, especially Ornithoptera and Ogyris but no

Hesperoiidea. Lloyd Nielsen, Esme St., Tamborine Mountain, Old.,

72.

& Ed e -

Ramerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR PRIVATE AND RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it

extends for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased

. if ordered in advance.

Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers

to the journal.

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper he considers

unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

CHAPMAN, M. R. Further notes on the use of Camphor Laurel

(Cinnamomum camphora) as a relaxing agent E

CLYNE, D. Notes on the web of Poecilopachys australasia (Grift

and Pidgeon, 1833) (Araneida: Argiopidae) .. Nes

SMITHERS, C. N. A new species and new records of Sisyridae

(Neuroptera) from Australia Lo dr NE ENIEEIO

BOOK REVIEW: Butterflies of Australia ses

BOOK REVIEW: A label check list of the Australian butterflies |

RECENT LITERATURE. oe 9 2, LLLI

SUBSCRIBERS’ NOTICES oe inside back ov

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228

Phone: 524-4814 (all hours)

CHANGE OF ADDRESS

We are now situated at the above address. Please direct all ma

to this address. You are also invited to call anytime and inspecto

new and enlarged showroom, but please ring before calling to ensue

that someone is available to attend your requests. j

An agency is being retained at 14 Chisholm Street, Gre

wich, N.S.W. 2065, for the convenience of those people wit

prefer to call there. It is open all hours but if possible,

phone 43-3972 before calling. |

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Aust, ent. Mag. f fc

a ur LM d

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 1, PART 4

SEPTEMBER, 1973

Australian Entomological Magazine is a journal concemed yi

entomology in the Australian Region and is designed fo wl

amateur and professional entomologists. It will be pij

four times annually, though not necessarily at regular interval, ©

parts will comprise each volume. |

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be sa

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$4.00 per annum Aust. & Terr, & New Zealand,

A$5.00 (US$7.20) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

` A$5.00 (US$7.20) per annum

COVER

Drawing by S. P. Kim.

Design by G. Daniels.

Depicts a female Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta crinita Distan, Fi

Tettigarctidae. The Cicadoidea are divided into only two fa:

of which the Tettigarctidae comprises only two species, bil:

stricted to Australia. |

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia. i

Phone: 43-3972 !

Printed by

SURREY BEATTY & SONS

Rickard Road, Chipping Norton,

N.S.W., 2170

E = C Ee

Australian Entomological::

Magazine ^ -

Aust. ent. Mag. OF \,,

Volume 1, Part 4 September, 1973

A NOTE ON NATURAL ENEMIES OF DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (L.)

(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

Introduction

During studies on population movements of Danaus plexippus (L.)

(Wanderer Butterfly) in Australia some casual observations have been

made on its natural enemies. As little has been recorded on these in

Australia and as a detailed study is not likely to be made on them in

the near future the observations are recorded here.

Virus Disease

The caterpillars of D. plexippus are subject to a virus disease. Although

counts have not been made it is obvious that later instars are heavily

attacked and that the disease may take heavy toll of dense populations

of larvae. In stands of swan plant (Gomphocarpus fruticosus) which

have been attacked to the point of defoliation there can often be seen

the remains of caterpillars killed by the virus.

Bird Predators

The following species of birds have been observed attacking adults

of D. plexippus: Pachycephala rufiventris (Lath.) (Rufous Whistler)

and "Currawong" (Observation by A. D'Ombrain); Cuculus pallidus

(Lath.) (Pallid Cuckoo) (Obs. M. Dowling); Coracina novaehollandiae

(Gmelin) (Black-faced Cuckoo-Shrike) (Obs. C. N. Smithers) and

Cacomantis pyrrhophanus (Vieillot) (Fantailed Cuckoo) (Fagg, 1967).

Chibea bracteata (G.) (Spangled Drongo) has been seen to ingest

larvae but subsequently to regurgitate them (Obs. J. Orrell).

Mammal (?) Predator

Whilst sampling specimens early in the day for marking and

release at an overwintering cluster site Miss Alana Peters collected

specimens from a single cluster into a net, On removal it was found

that many of the specimens, although still alive, were without an

abdomen; some twenty or more were in this condition. The cluster

was taken from the end of a branch and the predator would have had

to be a fairly small, agile animal which could move through the cluster

temoving the abdomens without disturbing the butterflies. This is not

impossible as the butterflies cling extremely tightly to their supports on

cold nights and in order to remove them it is often necessary to place

à net over a cluster and shake vigorously. Even then, many specimens

may remain attached and torpid, those which are removed fluttering feebly

e À M

38 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), Septem, 1t

in the net. A small nocturnal predator could easily move ou;

amongst such a cluster without causing the torpid butterflies tp »

Spiders |

Adults have been seen trapped in webs and eaten by spiders (),

H. Hughes and C. N. Smithers), a small spider has been seen ty)

small larvae (Obs. U. Thompson) and a small green species of tho:

(Diaea sp.) has been seen to feed on small larvae one to tw i

old.

Insect Predators |

A “Cockroach” and “ants” have been seen to feed on D. ples

eggs and newly hatched larvae may eat eggs in addition to the sk)

their own soon after hatching (Orrell, 1970). Mantids have been obr

feeding on adults (Obs. H. Hughes and G. F. Smithers). dai:

stellenbergi Guérin (Family Pentatomidae) will feed on larvae a

species of wasp (Sphecidae: Larrinae) will take small larvae, presun

for nest-stocking (Obs. G. Willoughby).

Insect Parasites

Large numbers of tachinid parasites have been reared fron!

plexippus pupae. Most of these have been Winthemia diversa Mi.

but a few specimens of Sturmia sp. have also emerged. Nic

parasites have been reared from the many hundreds of specimens v

have been held in the laboratory. W. diversa has been recorded ir

many parts of its hosts range.

In Queensland relatively few are parasitized by the tachinid È

in August-September but the fly population builds up quickly ai

October-November about half the larvae are parasitized. By Dex

January 80-90% are parasitized (Obs. J. Liddy). In addition t:

above observation the following notes have been made on W. dir

in the Sydney area.

Table I gives information on larvae collected at Cami.

1963/64 and at Bayview (Sydney) in 1968/69. In both cases a die

increase in degree of parasitsm is evident as the season progs

the final percentage being very high, even reaching 100% in the inr

1969 sample (22 specimens) from Bayview.

TABLE I

% parasitism of D. plexippus larvae by W. diversa

Camden

Date of collection No. of hosts No. parasitized % pare

18.xii.1963 106 1 Of

2.1.1964 62 20 un

16.1.1964 23 16 E

6.11.1964 11 9 D

Bayview

9.x.1968 19 0 l

31.x.1968 4 0 I

28.xi.1968 7 6 gn

17.1.1969 34 30 gi

28.ii.1969 22 22 100

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 39

The eggs of W. diversa are laid almost anywhere on the outside of the

host larvae appearing as small white, ovoid spots to the naked eye.

Large numbers may be laid on one host (Table II) ; from one to nineteen

have been observed on one host in the field. Females will lay on larvae

already bearing eggs laid by other females. In the laboratory as many as

thirty seven eggs were laid on one host exposed to several females;

several received more than twenty eggs.

TABLE II

Numbers of eggs laid on D. plexippus by W. diversa

(52 hosts, 346 eggs)

Eggs/larva No. of larvae Eggs/larvae No. of larvae

1 4 11 2

2 6 12 2

3 7 13 0

4 7 14 2

5 5 15 1

6 3 16 1

7 2 17 1

8 2 18 0

9 2 19 2

10 3

Eclosion takes place in about four days. Of thirty two eggs observed,

twenty nine hatched in four days and three in three days. The maggot

leaves the egg and bores its way in through the larval integument

nearby. Eggs have been found only on fourth and fifth instar hosts in

the laboratory but it is not known whether maggots from those on

fourth instar larvae survive; the females seem to lay mainly on fifth

intar larvae in the field. As the duration of the egg stage lasts about

four days, eggs laid less than four days before host pupation are shed

with the larval skin and are lost. Development of the parasite maggot

proceeds within the host pupa. This process has not been followed in detail

but fully grown maggots emerge from the host pupa in five days from

the time of pupation. Although many eggs may be laid on one host

the maximum number of maggots to emerge from one pupa was seven

(in fifty two hosts observed)... When several maggots develop within a host

the resulting flies are smaller than when only one parasite is present.

Having emerged from the host pupa the maggot drops to the

ground and soon pupates in the soil. Of fifty eight parasite pupae forty

nine produced adults in twelve days, five in thirteen days and four in

eleven days. Adult flies are, therefore, on the wing about seventeen

days after pupation of their host. It seems likely that there is a period

of delayed development of the maggot at some time between entry into

the host larva and emergence from the host pupa because the period

between pupation of host and emergence of maggot from the host pupa

is very uniform and quite short (about five days). This would not be

$0 were development direct and continuous, as the period between

parasite entry and host pupation varies greatly.

AO Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, n

Despite the fact that D. plexippus is a comparative newcomer:

the Australian fauna there is a wide range of biotic controlling fatal

operating on it; undoubtedly others will be observed and it is to ty:

that observers will record these so that the biology and ecology:

D. plexippus will become better known.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the many co-operators who have prj

information on natural enemies of D. plexippus, Mrs Robyn Jefiey

assistance in parasite rearing and Dr R. Crosskey for identifying

tachinid parasites.

References

Fagg, M., 1967. Butterflies and a cuckoo. S. Aust. Nat. 42(2): M.

Orrell, J., 1970. The baby is a cannibal. Wildlife, Brisbane 7(2): 44-47, lx.

A NEW FOODPLANT FOR HYPOCHRYSOPS IGNITA (LEACH |

(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

By Greg Daniels

140 Nottinghill Rd, Lidcombe, N.S.W. 2141

In January 1973 a lycaenid larva was observed moving ty

the stem of Dodonaea triquetra (Sapindaceae) at Kurrajong, NS!

The larva was attended by many small ants which, when crushed t

a strong coconut smell. Further investigation showed that the w

surface of several leaves had been eaten in a manner similar to thi

Hypochrysops apelles (Fabricius) and H. digglesii (Hewitson). &-

larvae were taken from amongst dead leaves around the base ot

plant The larvae pupated and eventually emerged as Hypochns

ignita (Leach). Fresh foodplant was unavailable towards the eii.

January and two larvae were still feeding. These were transi:

plum leaves which were readily accepted. Common and Wii

(1972) list twenty-one foodplant species (from a wide variety of im"

including Dodonaea attenuata which was recorded as a foodplut*

Millmerran, Queensland. |

Common and Waterhouse (1972) state that larvae feed at

returning to ant-byres at the base of the foodplant during ttet

At Kurrajong a few larvae were to be found feeding around mi

on three consecutive days.

Acknowledgement

Thanks are extended to the National Herbarium, Sydney, iw-

plant identification.

. Reference

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Austri

Angus & Robertson, Sydney. xii, 498 pages, illustr. |

Aust, ent. Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 41

CHANGES IN THE COLORATION OF ATRACTOMORPHA SIMILIS 1.

BOLIVAR (ORTHOPTERA: PYRGOMORPHIDAE)

By E. A. Bernays and R. F. Chapman

Centre for Overseas Pest Research,

College House, Wrights Lane, London W8 5SJ

Introduction

The colour of the hind wing of the grasshopper Atractomorpha

similis I. Bolivar varies from colourless to deep pink, and Rehn (1953)

suggested that the variation might be due to some environmental factor

or ‘to physiological factors in the ontogeny of the individual’. During

a brief stay in Queensland in September 1972 some observations were

made on this species which indicate that his second supposition is the

correct one.

Observations

Specimens of A. similis were collected in the final nymphal instar at

various localities in and around Brisbane. As they moulted to adult they

were isolated in containers and kept at room temperature which was

in the range 25-30°C for most of the day. The insects were fed mainly

on Rumex with the addition of Ageratum and Tropaelom (garden

nasturtium), and their colour was recorded daily. Most of the insects were

bright green, and these were chosen for observations on colour change.

The hind wings of newly emerged insects of both sexes were

quite colourless (Stage I, Fig. 1a), but after a time the proximal ends

of the longitudinal veins of the anal area became pink (Stage II, Fig. 1b).

The pink colour then spread to the cross veins and the wing membrane

in between them (Stage III, Fig. 1c), extending slowly outwards towards

the margin of the hind wing until virtually the whole of the anal area

was pink (Stages IV and V, Fig. 1d and le).

a (Stage I) b (Stage II) c (Stage III)

d (Stage IV) e (Stage V)

Fig. 1. Stages in the development of the wing colour. Stippled regions indicate

pink colouring.

42 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, 1973

Under the conditions in which the insects were maintained, the

first indication of pink appeared on the hind wings two days afte

ecdysis (Fig. 2). Some females reached stage IV six days after ecdysi

and all the insects were in stages IV or V by day 13. After this initil

fairly rapid coloration no further change occurred and the wings remained

pink until the insects died after 30-40 days.

Y . : . MH . H . H i n

wi : Hsia Heise ok x . aR

o .

fm phe whos

S x male

i » female

I * ec Xt X 2

33.358

Iri ^t

1 b. i i mese-

[y] 10 20 30 40

Time in days

Fig. 2. The relationship between the stage of wing colour and the time since

the moult to the adult stage. ^

The changes in wing colour were associated with changes in the

abdominal coloration. In newly emerged insects the abdomen was pit |

green dorsally with the first three segments almost white. As the wins

became coloured, the abdomen also changed, at first to orange-brom

and then to pink dorsally. At an intermediate state, segments | and)

were rose coloured, segments 3-6 were red-brown on their posterior

margins and segments 7 and 8 were pale orange-brown posteriorly. |

In all the insects with hind wings in stages IV and V, abdominal segments

1-8 were pink to red-brown, but, unlike the colouring on the wings thè

colour appeared to intensify with age and in a number of old insets |

with tattered wings collected in November, abdominal segments 1-8 ai -

the metanotum were dark magenta.

Similar colour changes occurred in the brown variety of A. simili

but they were obscured by the darker background colour.

Insects with wing colour in stages III and IV were seen in copii

and dissections were carried out on females freshly caught in the fell

to determine the degree of development of the oocytes. The insects with |

uncoloured wings contained undeveloped oocytes, but by the time t|

]

[

Aust, ent, Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 43

wings were in stage IV most insects contained well-developed oocytes

(Table I). Some females with wings in stages IV and V contained

fully-developed oocytes.

TABLE I

The relationship between the stage of wing coloration and oocyte

development in females of A. similis.

Number of % with

Wing insects developing

colour examined oocytes

I 5 0

II 7 29

Ul 8 37

IV 10 60

V 11 91

Discussion

The changes in colour are associated with sexual maturation, but

the intensification of the abdominal colour continues after maturation.

Richards and Waloff (1954) describe a comparable but less extensive

reddening of the abdomen associated with maturation in Chorthippus

brunneus (Thunb.) and Stenobothrus lineatus (Panz.). More extensive

reddening, similar to that in A. similis, occurs in Omocestus ventralis

(Zett.) and Chorithippus vagans (Eversm.), but in these species the

colour develops before sexual maturity.

Nomadacris sptemfasciata (Serville) develops a red coloration of

the hind wing similar to A. similis, but in this case the colour appears

long before sexual maturity is attained (Faure, 1935). On the other

hand, Burtt and Uvarov (1944) believed the development of a dark

patch on the hind wings of Mesopsis laticornis Krauss to be associated

with maturation, although they had no direct evidence.

The significance of these changes in colour is not known.

References

Burtt, E, D. and Uvarov, B. P., 1944. Changes in wing pigmentation during the

adult life of Acrididae (Orthovtera). Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond, (A) 19:7-8.

Faure, J. C., 1935. The life history of the red locust (Nomadacris septemfasciata

(Serville) ). Bull. Dep. Agric. S. Afr. no. 144, 32 pp.

Rehn, J. A. G., 1953. The grasshoppers and locusts (Acridoidea) of Australia. II.

oe Acrididae (Subfamily Pyrgomorphinae). Melbourne, C.S.I.R.O.

70 pp.

Richards, O. W. and Waloff, N., 1954. Studies on the biology and population

dynamics of British grasshoppers. Anti-Locust Bull. no. 17, 182 pp.

—

44 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, m

LABELLING INSECT SPECIMENS

By M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065 |

If an insect collection is to have more than just aesthetic val:

is necessary that its specimens be correctly labelled. Such labelling i

essential for any kind of scientific study and it is sadly unfortunate ty

many beginners are unaware of the value of data labels and so negii

this task. Many rare and otherwise extremely valuable specimens hy:

become worthless due to the absence of data. |

The following notes on labelling pertain only to the basic techniq:

and not to special labels and procedures which may sometime

necessary. |

Insects mounted on pins should have a small white cardboard li.

attached to the pin below the specimen. Such labels should meu

approximately 15 mm x 10 mm and, for neatness, should be d;

uniform size and at a uniform height on the pin. There is no parci:

merit in using very tiny labels. Each label should show the locali

date and name of the collector of the specimen. Labels should be fx:

with the data upwards and not too close to the specimen so that, whee

possible, it can be read wihtout having to handle the specimen. Di}

should not be recorded on the back of labels as this is liable tot

possible, it can be read without having to handle the specimen Di:

overlooked. Care should be taken not to push the pin through t

label where printing occurs as this could render part of the di

illegible. Specimens in liquid preservative should have similar lik

enclosed with them in their container although the size depends to am

extent on the size of the container. Ink on such labels should be thor

dry before being immersed in the preserving fluid and it is nes.

to ensure that the preservative will not have any effect on the lit

or ink. |

It is essential that labels be permanent, legible, accurate, unambigui

and bear adequate information. We must keep in mind that others, £

years to come, may wish to study our material. |

Labei Data

Locality

When writing the locality for a specimen it should be brit

accurate enough to enable future collectors to find the general Mei

which the specimen was taken. The name of a town, mountain ct.

followed by the name of the state, is often sufficient although thes r

need qualification by the addition of further information. Little kwi

places may need the addition of “near... (a large town etc)". Ct:

rivers, mountain ranges etc. are inadequate and need similar clarificat,

To just write “Rocky Creek, N.S.W." would certainly be of no vali:

there are many Rocky Creeks in New South Wales and also the ct

might be of considerable length, but if this is qualified by stating”

kilometres N.W. of . . ." then the correct spot can be located. Simla

it is often necessary to include the altitude and sometimes even latii

and longitude may need to be used. Some collectors prefer to sit

the state first, followed by the precise locality. In a world collection!

advisable to show the name of the country first, in capitals.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 45

Date

The date should show the day, month and year and should be written

2 Mar. 1973 etc. and not 2/3/73 or 2/iii/73 etc. Many people, especially

in some foreign countries, express dates showing the month first, e.g.

3/2/13, meaning March 2nd, 1973. Thus, if the month is shown as an

abbreviated word no doubt can exist. It is also wise to show the full

year, eg. 1973 and not just 73, as valuable specimens and collections

are kept indefinitely. For instance, the insects collected during the

Endeavour voyage in 1770 are still preserved in the British Museum.

Collector .

The name of the collector is added to the label as a mark of

acknowledgement and to enable anyone interested in the specimen to

gain further facts about it, either direct from the collector or from

literature.

Additional Data

Sometimes other information is included on the label..If the specimen

has been collected using an ultra-violet light this is usually indicated

as “At U.V. light". Bred specimens should be marked “Bred ex larva",

“Bred ex pupa" etc. followed by “Emerged 2 Mar. 1973" etc. Habitat

data, host plants if known and relevant or other supplementary data, should

be given on a separate label(s) placed below the main data label.

Specimens necessitating cross-reference, e.g. between a specimen and its

exuviae, nest, eggs etc., between a parasite and its host or between

specimens taken in copulation, can be signified using a code number with

a letter prefix on an additional label, e.g. “A12. See corresponding

exuviae". A different letter or letter combination (e.g. AB) could be used

each year. If the main data label is exactly the same on specimens

requiring cross-reference it is then adequate to use only a letter or letter

combination for cross-reference as the data label acts as a distinguishing

feature.

Lord Howe Is. INSUMeSdoson i 3 NSW:Gloucester

30th Nov.1969 1S.W. 4-5 Oct.1970 unto 19 18th Dec.1968

C.N.Smithers i on aah R.Coveney

Herl

Zand Jon

IV. Peters

G.A. Holloway.

Fig. 1. A selection of adequate data labels.

Label Materials

Paper

A thin, white, good quality card should be used for permanent labels

às these must last for many years. Thin paper is unsuitable as it loosens

on fhe pin and disintegrates usually within 50 years. Coloured materials

should not be used as these are used for special labels such as types

and published figured specimens.

Ink

Permanent labels should be printed using a fine pen and a good

46 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, m

quality india ink. "Pelikan Fount India Ink" or preferably “Pelikan India

Ink Special No. 50” are brands highly recommended which are available

at most newsagents. Unlike some india inks these are also alcohol-proof

Mapping pens are suitable but by far the most convenient is a type of

technical drawing pen similar in style to a fountain pen, which cat

hold large quantities of india ink and is available in a variety of differen

width nibs. One brand that has been found acceptable is the Rotring

*Rapidograph" pen. For insect labelling a 0.2 mm nib has been found the

most useful. There is a tendency for this type of pen to clog however,

when not in constant use, but usually several vigorous shakes have it

working in a short time, If pens are kept in a tube containing a pic |

of damp cottonwool they will never dry out. |

Ballpoint type pens (e.g. *Biro") and fountain pens should not be usd

as their inks easily become illegiable in an insect collection. Pencil is the

next best substitute to india ink and is, in fact, remarkably lasting.

Commercial Printing

When a large number of specimens have been collected at the ox

locality, or specimens are collected from a particular locality regular,

then the laborious task of writing many similar labels can be overcome

by having suitable labels printed, leaving a space for the date tob

added by hand.

Photo-copying Machines

Probably the most convenient method of mass producing labels i

by using a “Rank Xerox" Reducing Copier. A master of the desired label |

is typed using a sheet of plain white paper and preferably a typewriter

with a type size of not less than 12 letters per inch. For best results |

an electric typewriter, or at least one with a black carbon ribbon, should |

be used. Prints of this master are then made which are reduced in siz

to that required by using the “Rank Xerox" Reducing Copier. If suh |

a machine is not directly available “Rank Xerox” offices will produ: |

copies for a small charge. Charges are made per sheet so type upal

full page of labels, repeating several times those labels of which may

copies are required (Fig. 2). Alternatively, the typed master can be reduced

Narrabri, N.S.W. Narrabri, N.S.W. Narrabri, N.S.W. Ebor, N.S.W. Ebor, N.S.W. Ebor, NSW 1

M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds -

Narrabri, N.S.W. Narrabri, N.S.W. Narrabri, N.S.W. Ebor, N.S.W. Ebor, N.S.W. Ebor, N.S W.

M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Moulds M. S. Mos f

Fig. 2. Data labels obtained from part of a typed master.

in size by making a black and white matt photographic print showin:

the labels at the desired size. This print can then be copied usin

an ordinary “Rank Xerox" copier.

Labels produced using the standard developer and toner in the abot”

mentioned “Rank Xerox" machines are suitable for dry mounted specimens

only. It is necessary to use a special developer and toner (Type No. 2)

which is both vapour and heat fused to the labels if labels are tob

immersed in liquid preservative. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 47

Offset Printing

With the increased efficiency, and appearance on the market of

automatic plate makers etc., the offset printing of labels is the better and

more economical method, especially for larger quantities. The process

requires a typed master as in the photo-copying technique above and

should at least be considered when 50 or more copies of the master are

required. It may be necessary to have a pre-reduced master of the

desired size if the printer is unable to do this, Most printers these days

have offset machines.

Letterpress Printing

This process is usually far too expensive commercially. However, small

hand printing presses (e.g. ^Rejafix") are on the market. These require the

hand setting of 6 point type for labels which may suit some persons.

Photography

Photographic prints should not be used as labels. Such labels are

often unstable, especially over long periods of time and are also susceptible

to chemical reaction.

Further Comments

Although it is possible to remmeber the data for a given specimen

for a period, it is essential to label specimens as soon as possible after

collection even if just with a rough field label. During field trips in which

material is collected within a relatively short time at several localities this

procedure is especially necessary as confusion will very quickly arise.

Data for papered specimens such as butterflies is best written on the

envelope while just a single temporary label can be used for groups

of material pinned or wet preserved while in the field. Pencil or india

ink are best for such labels as they are not effected by entomological

chemicals.

A permanent label placed on a specimen by an earlier worker

should, under no circumstances, be permanently removed or replaced. If

clarification, elaboration or correction is thought necessary, or if the label

is deteriorating, then a new label may be added below the existing one.

A deteriorating label can often be glued to a piece of good quality card

for continued preservation.

The practice of placing only numbered labels on specimens which

correspond to details contained in a notebook or register should not be

used. Each specimen should bear its own individual label showing the

basic data. The numbering system may be used in addition to individual

labelling if it is thought necessary to record further details. It should be

remembered that even the smallest private collection could one day, very

easily, find its way into the collections of research institutions and may,

in any case, contain important specimens not regarded as such at present.

If a numbering system has been adopted the entire value of the collection

lies in one book. If, after collection and collector part, the book becomes

lost the specimens become worthless and years of valuable work are wasted.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Dr D. H. Colless, Mr G. A. Holloway, Dr C. N.

Smithers and Mr M. S. Upton for their comments on the manuscript

of this paper. e

48 Aust. ent. Mag. l(4), September, Ww

LARVAE OF ZENITHICOLA CRASSUS (NEWMAN)

(COLEOPTERA: CLERIDAE) FEEDING ON TERMITES

By B. P. Moore

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T.

Spinola may be recognised by their compact build and broad, triangul

elytra (Fig. 1). They are attractive insects that are often found «

blossom and so have been relatively well collected and recorded hia |

far as I am aware, nothing has been published concerning their li |

histories. It was therefore of special interest to rear adults of Z, crau

(Newm.) recently, from larvae found with termites at Cape Pallareni. -

near Townsville (N. Old), in July, 1972. |

Chequered beetles of the exclusively Australian genus E

Five of these larvae were discovered in burrows of Mastoterne:

darwiniensis Froggatt, in fallen timber of various kinds and, to ju;

by their size-range, several instars were present. Although none d.

the larvae was observed to attack the termites, it seemed likely that |

latter formed the natural prey. However, larvae of an undescriki '

species of Tineidae (Lepidoptera; det. I. F. B. Common) were pleati |

in the outer layers of the decayed timber and it is possible that these "|

also attacked.

In culture, the clerid larvae consumed a small colony of a demi

(Cryptotermes sp. that was also collected in the Townsville district) befo: |

forming pupation cells amongst the broken nest-matrix. Unfortunately, "

of the smaller larvae died, apparently from injuries received during th

extraction from the host's burrows, but two adults of Z. crassus eme

in April, 1973. The discarded larval exuviae were readily recweti

from the vacated pupation cells and were found to match a fuller

larva that had been preserved.

Largely pale yellowish-white; protergum and legs light reddish-bror.

head darker, mandibles and urogomphi black; whole body covered wi.

long, silky golden brown hairs.

Description of mature larva of Zenithicola crassus (Figs 2a-X) |

Head strongly sclerotized, trapezoidal, smooth; antennae shor, |

segmented, the second segment bearing a minute vesicle, the termini |

segment very small, subulate; membraneous basal articulation of antem -

markedly inflated; palpi short, those of the maxillae 4-segmented 1

cluding the palpiger); labial palpi 2-segmented; ligula large; only ti -

ocelli on each side. Pronotal tergite well sclerotized but those of tt

meso- and meta-nota membranous, except for small, twin discal Y

legs strong, with a well marked terminal claw. Abdomen largely met

braneous, except for the terminal plate of the ninth segment; urogonpi

short and stout, peg-like, heavily sclerotized and rugose, with a wl

marked dorsal, terminal denticle; pygopod short and stout. I

Length: circa 13 mm, Head-width: 1.5 mm. í

Aust. ent, Mag. 1(4), September, 1973

FIGURE 1. ithicol

Zenithicola crassus (Newm.), adult (natural length 10 mm.)

50 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September | ]

FIGURES 2a-2c. Zenithicola crassus (Newm.), larva; (a) mature lana

(natural length 13 mm.); (b) enlarged head-capsule (left ventral); (c)

enlarged left urogomphus (lateral).

Discussion 1

The exceptionally long pubescence of these larvae is evidently:

protection against counter-attack by the prey and it is interesting)

note that a similar development occurs in elaterid larvae of the

Pseudotetralobus Schwarz, which are also known to feed habitually «

termites (I have reared a species of this genus from larvae found

Nasutitermes exitiosus [Hill]). l

Because Z. crassus ranges widely into temperate Australia, iè

well beyond the tropical limits of Mastotermes, it cannot be restticel

in nature, to a single species of host termite. On the other hand, its li:

have never been detected in any of the many hundreds of colonia?

southern mound-building termites that have been surveyed, over the yas

by the CSIRO Division of Entomology; nor is any clerid species Ist

as an inquiline by Lea (1910 & 12). Thus, on present information’

appears likely that Z. crassus will prove to be restricted to colo

of wood-nesting termites, and in view of the close morphologic t

semblances shown by the adult beetles, other species Zenithicole s; |

be expected to have similar larval habits. "

Reference

Lea, A. M., 1910 & 12. Australian and Tasmanian Coleoptera inhabiting

resorting to the nests of ants, bees and termites. Proc. R. Soc. V

(n.s.) 23: 116-230; 25: 31-78.

Aust, ent. Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 51

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

This section attempts to fulfil the need for a comprehensive list of

current Australian entomological literature. It is arranged so that the

|sinss may be used to compile personal bibliographies concerning

specialised interests. It dates back to the beginning of 1972.

If you have published anything concerning Australian insects

sine the beginning of 1972 and it is not listed in this, or previous

issues of Aust. ent. Mag., | would be grateful if you would advise

me accordingly so that such literature can be listed in the next issue.

ABDELRAHMAN, I.

1973. Toxicity of malathion to California Red Scale, Aonidiella

aurantii (Mask.) (Hemiptera: Diaspididae). Aust. J. agric.

Res. 24(1): 111-118, 3 tables, 1 fig.

1973a. Toxicity of malathion to the natural enemies of California Red

Scale, Aonidiella aurantii (Mask.) (Hemiptera: Diaspididae).

Aust. J. agric. Res. 24(1):119-133, 1 table, 14 figs.

ANONYMOUS

1972m. Dung beetles on the move. Wildlife, Aust. 9(4): 101-104,

illust.

BEATTIE, Susan

1972. The Suggan Buggan area. Victorian Ent. 2(6): 14-20, 1 map.

Formicidae: Iridomyrmex detectus

BINNINGTON, K. C. and SCHOTZ, Martina

1973, Automatic collection of tick saliva. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(1):

78-79, 1 plate.

BISHOP, A. D.

1972a. Butterflies. Field Studies (Melbourne Grammar School Field

Studies Group) 2(1): 7-8.

Records from Flinders Is., Victoria, between 21 Jan. & 4 Feb., 1971:

Neolucia mathewi Geitoneura klugi

Neolucia serpentata Vanessa kershawi

? Graphium macleayanum Vanessa itea

Pieris rapae Zizeeria otis labradus

Heteronympha merope salazar ? Nesoxenica leprea

The cover of Field Studies 2(1) is dated Jan., 1971. This, however,

is obviously an error as indicated by dates given in papers contained

within and should read Jan.. 1972.

See also BISHOP, A. D., 1972.

BISHOP, A. D. and QUICK, W. N. B.

1973. Notes on breeding Victorian butterflies. Victorian Ent. 3(2):

7, 9-13.

BREEDEN, Stanley and BREEDEN, Kay

1972. Australia’s south east. A natural history of Australia: 2. William

Collins (Aust.), Sydney. 4to. Pp. 1-256, illustr.

Many insect orders mentioned & illustr. R

1973. Eden in the outback. National Geogr. 143(2): 188-203, illustr.

Orthoptera: Valanga sp. p. 192, illustr.

Formicidae: Oecophylla smaragdina p. 192, illustr.

Aracnida: Salticidae, p. 192, illustr.

52 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, in

BRISTOW, W. M.

1973. The ant-house plants. Qd nat. Club News 52: 2-3 [Cyclo

octarvo]. |

Popular note mentioning:- |

Formicidae: Iridomyrmex myrmecodiae var. stewartii

Oecophylla smaragdina (briefly mentioned)

BROOKER, M. G. |

1973. Port Lincoln Parrots feeding on moth larvae. Emu 7] j

27-28.

Lepidoptera: Macrobathra ?sp. |

BRYAN, R. P. i

1973. The effects of dung beetle activity on the numbers of pr

gastrointestinal helminth larvae recovered from pasture Sapa |

Aust. J. agric. Res. 24(1): 161-168, 2 figs. |

BUCHANAN, G. A.

1973. See McLAREN, I. W. and BUCHANAN, G. A., 1973,

BULL, Michael and SMYTH, Michael |

1973. The distribution of three species of reptile ticks, Apononp

hydrosauri (Denny), Amblyomma albolimbatum Neu

and Amb. limbatum Neumann. II. Water balance of nym i

and adults in relation to distribution. Aust. J. Zool. (l

103-110, 5 tables, 1 fig. |

BURNS, erent Noble |

1973b. Nature notes from the Gold Coast. Victorian Nat. 9 |

71-72. |

CATT, M. J. |

1973. Biological control of Skeleton Weed. J. Agric. S, Aust. 16

22-25.

CLARKE, C. A., SHEPPARD, P. M. and SMITH, A. G.

1973. The genetics of fore and hindwing colour in crosses betii |

Danaus chrysippus from Australia and from Sierra Len”

(Danaidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 27(1): 73-77, 1 table, 2 pls |

CLYNE, Densey J

1973c. Notes on the web of Poecilopachys australasia (Guifith a

Pidgeon, 1833) (Araneida: Argiopidae). Aust. ent, Mr.

1(3): 23-29, 1 table, 1 fig. y

COMMON, lan Francis Beli

1973. A new family of Dacnonypha (Lepidoptera) based on

new species from southern Australia, with notes on the Ai

phagidae. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(1): 11-23, text-figs 1-I

I & II.

CROSBY, David Franklin

1973. Life history of the butterfly Toxidia andersoni (Kirby) (uid

ptera: Hesperidae). Victorian Ent. 3(2): 5-6, 8, illustr. —

CULVENOR, C. C. J. and EDGAR, J.A. i

1972. Dihydropyrrolizine secretions associated with coremiü 4

Utetheisa moths (family Arctiidae). Experientia 28: Q4

Lepidoptera: Utetheisa pulchelloides "

Utetheisa lotrix |

Danainae

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 53

CUNNINGHAM, I. C.

1972. A semisynthetic medium for mass rearing the tobacco looper

(Plusia argentifera Guen.) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Od J.

agric. anim, Sci. 29(4): 269-273, 3 tables, 1 fig.

DEBENHAM, Margaret L.

1973. Four New Guinea and northern Queensland species of

Atrichopogon Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) with atypical

development of the thoracic setae. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(1):

68-77, text-figs 1-26, 1 table.

DUNNET, G. M. and MARDON, D. K.

1973. Coorilla longictena, a new genus and species of bat-flea from

New South Wales (Siphonaptera: Ischnopsyllidae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 12(1): 3-10, text-figs 1-10.

DWORAKOWSKA, I.

1972. Australian Dikraneurini (Auchenorrhyncha, Cicadellidae,

Typhlocybinae). Bulletin de L'academie Polonaise des Sciences

(ser. Biol.) Cl. 2, Vol. 20, No. 3: 193-201, text-figs 1-88.

EDGAR, J. A.

1972. See CULVENOR, C. C. J. and EDGAR, J. A. 1972.

GRYLLS, N. E.

1972. Aphid infestation and virus infection of peas and beans on the

Central Tablelands of New South Wales. Aust. J. exp. Agric.

Anim. Husb. 12(59): 668-674.

HACKMAN, R. H.

1972. Gel electrophoresis and sephadex thin-layer studies of proteins

from an insect cuticle, Agrianome spinicollis (Coleoptera).

Insect Biochem. 2: 235-242.

HAMILTON, John Thayre

1973. The Argentine Ant and the eradication campaign in N.S.W.

Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 233: 9-11. [Cyclostyled,

foolscap].

HOWICK, C. D.

1972. European house borer Hylotrupes bajulus (L.) in Australia.

Research requirements and establishment of laboratory cultures.

Z. angrew. Ent. 72(2): 141-148.

KAY, B. H.

1973. Seasonal studies of a population of Culicoides marmoratus

(Skuse) (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) at Deception Bay,

Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc, 12(1): 42-58, tables 1-8, text-

figs 1-3.

LACEY, C. J.

1972. Factors influencing occurrence of Cypress Pine regeneration

in New South Wales. Forestry Comm. N.S.W. Tech. Pap. 21:

1-17, illustr.

Symphyta: Zenarge turneri rabus

Coleoptera: Diadoxus erythrurus

Aphidoidea: Cinara tujafilina

1973. Silvicultural characteristics of White Cypress Pine. Forestry

Comm. N.S.W. Res. Note 26: 1-51, illustr.

Insects pp. 38-42.

LANSBURY, |.

1972. A review of the Oriental species of Ranatra Fabricius (Heri

ptera-Heteroptera: Nepidae). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 12403). |

287-341, text-figs 1-262.

LAST, Horace R.

1972. Tachyporini ganglbauer (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) collec

by Dr. R. Hornabrook in New Guinea. Oriental Ins. 6())

145-168, figs 1-46.

LEATCH, G. |

A Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4), September, |

1973. Preliminary studies on the transmission of Anaplasma mari)!

by Boophilus microplus. Aust. vet. J. 49(1): 16-19.

Le SOUEF, John Cecil

1972. Excursion to Cape Liptrap 28th to 30th October 1.

Victorian Ent. 2(6): 6-7.

Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea & Papilionoidea species. |

1972a. The 1972 winter collecting trip to north Queensland Y

notes on some Lepidopterous larvae. Victorian Ent. 2(6 "

8-13.

Lepidoptera only. |

LYNDON, E. |

1972. Swift Moth from Rocky Knob. Latrobe Valley Nat. 9; |

McALPINE, David Kendray

1972a. Insects and continental drift. Aust. nat. Hist. 17(8): 2121.

illust. |

McCULLOCH, R. N.

1972. Ticks on a possum. Qd nat. Club News 50: 4.

Haemaphysalis bremneri & Ixodes holocyclus

1973. Tick tenacity. Nature Notes Suppl. Od. nat. Club News Ri]

1973: 1-2.

McLAREN, I. W. and BUCHANAN, G. A.

1973. Parasitism by Aphytis chrysomphali Mercet and A. m

Debach of California Red Scale, Aonidiella aurantii (Mast) |

in relation to seasonal availability of suitable stages ot à

scale. Aust. J. Zool. 21(1): 111-117, 2 figs. !

MALIPATIL, M. B.

1973. The nymph of Cryptorhamphus orbus Stål (iig

Lygaeidae: Cryptorhamphinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. D

39-41, text-figs 1 & 2.

MARDON, D. K. |

1973. See DUNNET, G. M. and MARDON, D. K., 193.

MAY, Garth

1972. Spider notes. Od nat. Club News 50: 1. |

Phonognatha- sp. & Cyrtophora carnassis |

MONTEITH, Geoffrey Blyth |

1972. A list of butterfly records from Iron Range area of Cat

York Peninsula. News Bull. ent, Soc. Qd 85: 9-14. i

MOORE, Barry Philip |

1972. A revision of the Australian Trechinae (Coleoptera: Carai:

Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 18: 1-61, text-figs 1-99. |

Aust. ent, Mag. 1(4), September, 1973 55

MORTON, D. E. Anthony

1972. Butterflies observed at Gloucester Falls 21-23 Jan. 1972.

Victorian Ent. 2(5): 16.

MOULDS, Maxwell Sidney

1972a. A list of dragonflies collected at Iron Range, Cape York

Peninsula from 10th-13th April, 1971. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2):

3-4.

NORRIS, K. R.

1973. Synonymy and status of some Australian Calliphoridae (Dip-

tera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(1): 1-2.

PITKIN, Brian R.

1972. A revision of the Australian genus Odontothripiella Bagnall, with

descriptions of fourteen new species (Thysanoptera: Thripidae).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(4): 265-289, text-figs 1-38.

QUICK, W. N. B.

1973. Early stages of the “Mountain Blue", Neolucia hobartensis

- hobartensis (Miskin) 1890 (Lepidoptera-Lycaenidae). Victorian

Ent. 3(1): 9-10.

1973a. Notes on the early stages of the “Rayed Blue", Candalides heathi

heathi (Cox) 1873 (Lepidoptera — Lycaenidae). Victorian

Ent. 3(1): 10-12.

1973b. An unusual Dart-tail. Victorian Ent. 3(2): 17.

Hymenoptera: Dinoura ?sp.

1973c. See BISHOP, A. D. and QUICK, W. N. B., 1972.

READSHAW, J. L.

1972. Failure of lead arsenate in an ecological approach to the control

of mites in orchards. J. Aust. Inst. agric. Sci. 38(4): 308-309.

REEVES, Deniss Michael

1973a. Catch as catch can. Od nat. Club News 52: 3. [Cyclostyled,

octarvo].

Popular note mentioning:

Odondata: Gomphid

Aracnida: Tetragnatha sp.

RIDSDILL SMITH, T. J.

1972. See ROBERTS, R. J. and RIDSDILL SMITH, T. J., 1972.

RIEK, Edgar Frederick

1972. Insects of Australia. 2nd edition. 12mo. Jacaranda Press,

Milton, Old. Pp. i-iv, 1-144, illustr.

ROBERTS, R. J.

1972. A newly recognized form of pasture damage by Phaulacridium

vittatum (Acrididae) on the Northern Tablelands of N.S.W.

J. Aust. ent. Soc, 11(3): 257-258.

ROBERTS, R. J. and RIDSDILL SMITH, T. J.

1972. Plough technique for sampling soil insects. J. appl. Ecol. 9:

427-430.

ROSE, Anthony Barclay

1972. Additional records of butterflies from Kur-ring-gai Chase

National Park, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2): 5-6.

56 Aust. ent. Mag. (4), September, 1

SANKOWSKY, Garry

1973. A rare sighting at Bundaburg, Q. Victorian Ent. 3(2); 4

Lepidoptera: Hypolimnas alimena lamina

Doleschallia bisaltide australis (briefly mentioned)

SCHOTZ, Martina

1973. See BINNINGTON, K. C. and SCHOTZ, M., 1973.

SHENEFELT, R. D.

1973. Hymenopterorum Catalogus. Pars 9. Braconidae 5. Mim

gasterine & Ichneutinae. Pp. 669-812.

SHEPPARD, P. M.

1973. See CLARKE, C. A., SHEPPARD, P. M. and SMITH, 4 (

1973.

SMITH, A. G.

1973. See CLARKE, C. A., SHEPPARD, P. M. and SMITH, 4 6.

1973. |

SMITHERS, Courtenay Neville

1973. A new species and new records of Sisyridae (Neuroptera) ftc

Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3): 19-22, text-figs 1-4.

SMYTH, Michael

1973. The distribution of three species of reptile ticks, Apononm

hydrosauri (Denny), Amblyomma albolimbatum Neunm,

and Amb. limbatum Neumann. I. Distribution and hosts, Ai.

J. Zool. 21(1): 91-101, 1 table, 5 figs.

1973a. See BULL, M. and SMYTH, M., 1973.

TAYLOR, Robert William

1973. Ants of the Australian genus Mesostruma Brown (Hyme

ptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(1): 24-38, pls LV.

UNWIN, Bryan |

1973. Chemical resistance in populations of Tetranychus wia

(Koch) (Acarina: Tetranychidae) from apple orchards in Ni

South Wales, Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(1): 59-61,1

tables, 2 text-figs.

VOCKEROTH, J. R.

1972. A review of the world genera of Mydaeinae, with a reis.

of the species of New Guinea and Oceania (Diptera: Muscidae)

Pacific Ins. Monogr. 29: 1-134, text-figs 1-151, frontispiece.

WALTERS, Peter J.

1973. Integrated pest control in apple orchards. Agric. Gaz. ME.

84(1): 16-17. |

WHITE, T. C. R.

1973. Aerial dispersal of adult Cardiaspina densitexta (d

Psyllidae) in South Australia. Trans. R., Soc. S. Aust. 91:

29-31.

YOUNG, David

1972. Analysis of songs of some Australian cicadas (Homo

Cicadidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11(3): 237-243, pls HII.

1972a. Neuromuscular mechanism of sound production in Austrais

cicadas. J. comp. Physiol. 79: 343-362, text-figs 1-12, | ti

SUBSCRIBERS' NOTICES

Subscribers’ notices are printed free of charge to private subscribers.

Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right

to alter or reject notices considered unsuitable.

HYBRID BUTTERFLIES. I would like to contact anyone who has

reared or collected specimens which are suspected of being hybrids

between Wanderer and Lesser Wanderer butterflies. C. N. Smithers,

Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000.

HAWK MOTHS wanted for research from all parts of Australia and

New Guinea. Will purchase or exchange for other insects. Specimens.

must be accompanied by full and accurate data. M. S. Moulds,

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

| CA e * e

| Ramerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR PRIVATE AND RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it

extends for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased

if ordered in advance.

Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers

to the journal.

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper he considers

unsuitable,

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

BERNAYS, E. A. and CHAPMAN, R. F. Changes in the colt

of Atractomorpha similis I. Bolivar Oe

Pyrgomorphidae) © ........2...0..425:0--4.. SG

DANIELS, G. A new foodplant for a ignita (bal

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) .

MOORE, B. P. Larvae of Zenithicola crassus (Newman j

(Coleoptera: Cleridae) feeding on termites 5

MOULDS, M. S. Labelling insect specimens ................. 4

SMITHERS, C. N. A note on natural enemies of Danaus Pea }

(L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia 2...

REGENT (LITERATURE «25.3 2 RU

SUBSCRIBERS NOLICES gee inside back c,

| Entomological Books and Equipment

Pins, store boxes, nets, breeding cages, U.V. lights, etc. :

We are direct importers and manufacturers and specalise in mail orders 1

(Write or phone for our free price list) 1

Australian Entomological Supplies |

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614 |

Agency: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Sydney SE

Surrey BEATTY & SONS, PRINTERS E

57. lo)

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Aust, ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 1, PART 5

DECEMBER, 1973

Australian Entomological Magazine is a journal concerned yj

entomology in the Australian Region and is designed for bj

amateur and professional entomologists. It will be _ publise

four times annually, though not necessarily at regular intervals, S |

parts will comprise each volume. |

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be sent ty

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street, i

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, |

Australia. |

Individual Subscriptions |

$4.00 per annum Aust. & Terr, & New Zealand. |

A$5.00 (US$7.20) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$5.00 (US$7.20) per annum

COVER

Drawing by S. P. Kim.

Design by G. Daniels.

Depicts a female Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta crinita Distant, Fa,

Tettigarctidae. The Cicadoidea are divided into only two fast

of which the Tettigarctidae comprises only two species, both t

stricted to Australia. |

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

SURREY BEATTY & SONS

Rickard Road, Chipping Norton,

N.S.W., 2170

Printed by |

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 1, Part 5 December, 1973

INSECT FALLOUT ON SNOW IN THE SNOWY MOUNTAINS,

NEW SOUTH WALES

By John S. Edwards

Department of Zoology, University of Washington, Seattle, U.S.A.

Abstract

Seventeen species comprising insect fallout on snow fields at about

1500 m in the Kiandra area of the Snowy Mountains, collected August,

1972 are listed. Flame Robins (Petroica phoenicea) were observed feeding

on torpid insects on the snow.

Introduction

Living but inactive chilled insects have been observed on snow

sufaces in alpine areas in many regions (Mani 1962; Edwards 1972).

They are frequently derived from dispersing or migrating insects which

ae carried into cold air where flight cannot be sustained, allowing

them to fall to the snow surface. They may also be deposited as a result

of downdraft, and under calm conditions, dispersing insects may be

attracted to the surface of snow by a “light trap" effect (Kaisila 1952;

Edwards 1972). This fallout fauna provides food for alpine animal

communities, and Swan (1968) has proposed the term aeolian zone

for alpine regions which support a fauna that depends for food on

wind-transported prey.

Results

The insects listed below were collected 26-27 August 1972 from

open snow surfaces in mixed snow gum/grassland vegetation bétween

Kiandra and Happy Jacks Creek, and return, a traverse totalling

approximately 55 km at an altitude of about 1,500 m. No attempt

was made to sample quantitatively, and only the more commonly observed

inects were collected. The abundance varied considerably between zero

and about 5 insects/10m*. Most insects were observed before 9 a.m.

and affer 4 p.m., ie. during the first 2-3 hours. after sunrise, and the

1-2 hours before sunset. It appeared that the midday and early afternoon

sun Provided sufficient warming to allow previously immobilized species

to take off. sss

On the afternoon of 27 August 1972, a clear, warm and calm

day, the sun set while the ski party crossed an extensive open flat

ata south of Kiandra. Within a few minutes of sundown, increased

numbers of insects were observed on the snow, and at this time,

several Flame Robins (Petroica phoenicea) appeared on the snow where

58 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 1y)

they fed on the torpid insects. Robins were also observed feeding ox

the insect fallout in the early morning. |

The following list includes all species collected. |

Species | Frequency l

THYSANOPTERA det. L. A. Mound

Phlaeothripidae |

Idolothrips spectrum Haliday occasion!

HETEROPTERA det. T. E. Woodward |

Lygaeidae |

Nysius vinitor Bergroth frequent"

Nabidae |

Nabis nigrolineatus (Distant) frequent |

HOMOPTERA det. V. Eastop |

Aphididae

Macrosiphum (Sitobion) fragariae Walker few |

NEUROPTERA det. E. F. Riek |

Hemerobiidae l

Psycobiella fusca Tillyard few

Micromus tasmaniae Walker few

COLEOPTERA det. C. Watt |

Tenebrionidae i

Adelium sp. near calosomoides (Kirby) 1 found |

HYMENOPTERA det. J. C. Cardale |

Braconidae, Braconini !

1 sp. unident. 1 found

Ichneumonidae '

Netelia sp. occasion |

Apidae

Apis mellifera Linnaeus :

LEPIDOPTERA det. I. F. B. Common

Noctuidae

Agrotis munda Walker 9 frequent

DIPTERA det. D. H. Colless

Tipulidae, Limoniinae

1 sp. unident. frequent |

Chironomidae !

Paraheptagyia tonnoiri (Freeman) frequ

Sciomyzidae .

Dichaetophora prob. punctipennis Mall. frequent 1

Lauxaniidae |

Trigonometopsis binotatus (Thoms.) i frequent 1

Poecilohetaerus schineri (Hendel) few |

Ephydridae

Hydrellia victoriae Cresson "1

Discussion .

The 17 species of insect were alive when collected, but all v:

torpid and unable to fly, although several of the Diptera were dk?

Aust, ent, Mag. 1(5), December, 1973 59

do so after brief warming in the hand. These insects provide an easily

accessible and highly conspicuous source of food for birds.

Utilization of snowbound insects by birds has been noted by

Mani (1962); further observations have been made in the Alaskan

tundra (Edwards 1972) and elsewhere (e.g. Pattie and Verbeek 1966).

The brief observations on the Flame Robins can give no indication of the

significance of snow-surface insect predation in feeding patterns of the

robin, but it seems probable that the morning and dusk feeding on insect

fallout provides a significant part of the daily food intake.

Acknowledgements

Iam grateful to Drs. J. A. L. and B. D. Watson, my hosts, and

to the cross-country ski party, Peter Conroy, Richard Kemmis and Carl

Badgley, who were tolerant companions during two days of intermittent

insect. collecting.

I am also grateful for assistance with identification from those

mentioned in the list above.

References

Edwards, J. S., 1972. Anthropod fallout on Alaskan snow. Arctic and Alpine Res.

4: 167-176.

Kaisila, J., 1952. Insects from Arctic mountain snows. Ann. Ent. Fennici 18: 8-25.

Mani, M. S., 1962. Introduction to high altitude entomology. Methuen, London.

Pattie, D. L. and Verbeek, N. A. M., 1966. Alpine birds of the Beartooth

Mountains. Condor 68: 167-76.

Swan, L. W., 1968. Alpine and aeolian regions of the world. In Wright, H. E.

and Osburn, W. H. (eds.) Arctic and Alpine Environments Vol. 10, Proc.

VII Congress INQUA (Indiana Univ. Press, Bloomington): 29-54.

SE ————

A FURTHER SYDNEY RECORD OF THE EVENING BROWN BUTTERFLY

MELANITIS LEDA BANKIA (FABRICIUS) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

By Steven Tremont

32 Patrick St, Avalon Beach, N.S.W. 2107

Although a number of apparent sightings of the Evening Brown

Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius) have been made within the Sydney

district, Haines (1972) records the only three specimens actually taken.

I wish to add a further record, that of a male taken by the author at the

above address on 28th August, 1969. The specimen was of the winter

form and in very poor condition. It is interesting to note that Avalon

Beach is very near Bayview, the locality where Mr. Haines took his three

Specimens,

Acknowledgement

I wish to thank Mr A. B. Rose for confirming the identification of

the above specimen.

Reference

Haines, L. C., 1972. Some interesting butterfly captures made at Bayview, N.S.W.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 5-6.

60 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 19 |

A MOULD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NAPHTHALENE BARS FOR Ut |

IN ENTOMOLOGICAL CABINETS i

By G. A. Holloway : |

The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, 2000. |

Abstract

A method for making solid naphthalene bars suitable for placing iny

troughs around the perimeter of insect collection drawers is here describi '

The mould consists of a rubber that is ‘flexible enough to enable is

easy removal of the solid naphthalene bars and is not affected by

naphthalene in the moulten state.

Introduction

The perimeter troughs of insect collection drawers have traditional)

been stocked with loose naphthalene crystals. This chemical has be:

iin cme comme

——

found to be the most effective and cheapest deterant to insect attack i

collections. Naphthalene stocks, however, soon diminish, necessitating |

replacement of the chemical. Such restocking of drawers with lu

naphthalene flakes may result in damage to the specimens.

The advantages in using solid naphthalene bars that fit easily into t

perimeter troughs is twofold. Firstly, a solid bar or block that slips iti |

the trough minimizes the amount of loose crystals falling into the draw |

and possibly onto the actual specimens. Secondly, a higher ann |

of naphthalene per unit volume can be placed in the drawers, tit

increasing the time interval between restocking.

Method

Template. Before the mould can be made it is necessary to conn:

a perspex template (wood may be used as an alternative) in which ti

mould can be formed. Six strips of perspex are cut to represent the sz

of the naphthalene bars required. Bar lengths of 15 cm have been fol |

the easiest to handle. The width and depth should be slightly les tha

the width and depth of the drawer trough, thus allowing the naphthakt '

bars to be placed into position easily. A perspex box is then made vi |

the following measurements: 2 cm longer, 1 cm deeper and 2 @ |

wider than the six strips when placed on edge and 0.75 cm atl

The six strips are glued or fixed to the inside of the box's base a

arranged as above so that a gap of 1 cm is left between the sides, e

and top of the template and the strips. On drying this template is t

ready for receiving the rubber compound. : |

Mould. Silastic (R) E RTV Moldmaking Rubber and the correspotés |

catalyst, manufactured by Dow Corning, are mixed according to

manufacturer's directions and poured into the template. The use dai |

wire is recommended for the removal of all or as many air bulls!

possible by continual probing whilst the rubber is still in a igi

phase. The template is left for twenty four hours to allow the nit

compound to set. A moderate oven will speed up the setting prs

After the rubber has set, the external walls of the template B

removed and the rubber mould is removed from the bas and s

of perspex of the template. ]

]

[

Aust, ent, Mag. 1(5), December, 1973 61

FIGURE 1

Diagram of the completed mould drawn to scale and showing the slits at alternate

ends of the troughs for easy removal of the naphthalene bars. The base and

walls of the mould should be. approximately one centimetre thick for support.

A slit is made at an angle in each trough of the mould, at alternate

ends as shown in Fig. 1. These slits are made to the same depth as the

troughs in the mould and facilitate the removal of the naphthalene bars.

When made with a razor blade, the slits will not allow the liquid

naphthalene to escape from the mould.

Naphthalene Bars. Naphthalene crystals are gently heated to 85°C

(melting point of naphthalene 80.2°C) in a metal jug or saucepan, on an

electric hot plate, preferably in a fume cupboard or a well ventilated area.

Once the naphthalene has reached the liquid state it is poured into the

mould. The naphthalene is then allowed to cool and set.

Removal of the bars from the mould is dependant on the time taken

for the naphthalene to solidify and this time is directly proportional to

. the width and the depth of the naphthalene contained in the bar. The

more naphthalene the longer the time interval needed for cooling. The

cooling process can be hastened by placing the mould in a water bath,

-specially if the mould is being used a successive number of times, as

. the rubber retains a certain amount of heat from the naphthalene. In a

Water bath, 5 mm wide bars take approximately five minutes to solidify

sufficiently for removal from the mould.

Using this method, a surplus of naphthalene bars can be produced to

meet future requirements, and the space required to store the surplus

stocks is negligible. The rubber compound is not affected by the

naphthalene and remains flexible after considerable use.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr John Dobunaba of the Department of Forests,

Bulolo, Papua New Guinea and Mr R. Witchard of the Australian

Museum, Sydney, for their assistance in this work.

62 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 19) i

A NOTE ON LENGTH OF ADULT LIFE OF SOME AUSTRALIAN BUTTER

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

Studies on population movements of butterflies, especially Dau:

plexippus (L.), have been under way since 1963, during which time may

specimens have been marked and released using the “alar tag” met

of Urquhart (1960). From the periods recorded between release ai

recapture an indication of possible length of life in the field can

obtained. Since little seems to have been published on this age -

of butterfly biology in Australia it has been decided to record the i|

so far available. As the marking programme was not designed to proi |

such data its limitations should be borne in mind. The specimens wel

nearly all captured in the field, marked and released although M

were reared from the larval stage. Most, therefore, had been in flight i:

an unknown period before marking and many were still active vi |

recaptured so having an expectancv of further life. Many were rele!

again after the serial number on the tag had been noted. |

The data for species other than Danaus plexippus is summus

in Table I. Full details of release and recapture for each specimen # |

filed in the Australian Museum. |

Introduction |

Species other than Danaus plexippus

The period between release and recapture gives a minimum petit)

for which the specimen was active in the field. In most case it wi

have been longer by an unknown period prior to marking and in nz

cases for an additional unknown period after release for the second tt)

In some species very few specimens were marked and recaptured and i

periods involved were short so that the data cannot be considered sie!

ficant. Such is the case with Graphium eurypylus (L.), Delias argent

(Fab.), Heteronympha penelope Waterhouse, Vanessa kershawi. (My,

Hypolimnas misippus (L.), Phaedyma shepherdi (Moore) and Ac

andromacha (Fab.). The data suggests that Anaphaeis java (Spit)

and Delias nigrina (Fab.) can live for at least two weeks. Bi e

—

known migrants and this period may be a little short. The same

be said for Vanessa itea (Fab.) and Precis villida (Fab.) for which

figures suggest a span of about three weeks. Although little mis

of Pieris rapae (L.) was carried out and only four specimens rep -

a span of four weeks is shown for one of them. A period of at ke

three weeks is possible for Tisiphone abeona (Donovan) and Polit

pyrrhus (L.) and four weeks for Catopsilia pomona (Fab.) and Het

nympha mirifica (Butler).

_ For the other species listed in Table I either a relatively *

period was recorded or sufficient recaptures made to suggest that

I £ FEL 8h. noA ee a i snyd pan&jog

I I E DYIDWOAPUD v2D42y/

I [Hg pog vio Iptoydays vuikpavyd

I I í "" snddisu spuwunod&ég

I I I I Y c 9I» 390 ae pujoq svuuiodég

€ c Z1 ov "Lex (Geo TR - DO] vssoun A

€ € ; IMbYsiay Dssaun 4

I T L OL west see DpiJ]IA $1224d

I Tae ithe Mou o Duooqn ouoidisi

I I I c I 9 Selina re NS A ppal sunmjojy

I I Doi pidiu&uo42]2]]

C c adojauad pydukuodajayy

I C L 9 9L %6 adosaut Di[dui£uo429j2H

I I I I I I T G V] eee Ob ta LAE EL SHjDWIDI| snpup(q

I I y [4 8 "Wiener e siuffp. snouvg

I I v 9 SES S Coa ' snddiskuyo snpupq

I I I T ¢ [DD snjoijjni n2o]dng

I I C I T G £ c CIE EIE E ISERE cL S 2402 D20|dn3

[4 £ £ ¢ G- 77. "' puowod visdom

I € v suerte tanta thee pete avdvi surd

ç ¢ 3 DUOY1U2810 spia(q

I £ 2 D" idee aa E a Duióiu SVIA

T 8 0 ae l^ "UU pabl Ssianydoup

I £ Ol OE pp snjovup oijpdvd

I £ Y V i o CARS © CSIR | CT PEE LE snasav owidpg

c € Oc Sz ` uopadaps winiydnsyH

I I snjdkina umiydoip

= — = — No oo N ON CA v — =. n

ha r T m L2 o do A S 5 A à v < so soroodg

* c IS = = a JS =

IFEA a oe E A z z z z 2 z o. ga x

= z z z os & 8 $ & & $ 8 & az

HIN ONE fe 0 b p b ip ee 80:5

a a tee CS "à T

:19)jV poinjdvsea1 suouirods “ony

sonj4211q upngpaisnp JUOS fo ainidp2a4 PUD 2sDO[O4 UIIMIF PIPAODIL SPOLJA

St ha tsa

64 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, |j;

figures might be approaching a true indication of possible length of ji

in the field, Although twenty five Graphium sarpedon (L.) wet s. l

captured none suggested a life in excess of three weeks and off.

four Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay only one was recaptured more ts |

three weeks after release. Papilio aegeus Donovan can live for five wet |

and, judging from about the same number of recaptures (about 12)

Euploea core is clearly able to live as long as thirteen weeks. E. tillily

(Fab.) can live eight weeks and Danaus chrysippus (L.), D. aii |

(Fab.), Heteronympha merope (Fab.) and Melanitis leda (L.) canli

for six weeks. Danaus hamatus (W. S. Macleay) and Hypolimnas liis |

(L.) are also long-lived species with a recorded potential of twil |

and eleven weeks respectively. Danaus plexippus (see Tables Il ai

IID, for which there are records for over eighteen hundred specimen: |

TABLE II |

Periods recorded between release and recapture—D. plexippus

Period in No. of Period in No. d |

weeks specimens weeks specimesi |

Less than 1 721 13-14 LV

1-2 360 14-15 $ |

2-3 214 15-16 if

3-4 133 16-17 6

4-5 76 17-18 ll

5-6 57 18-19 1

6-7 53 19-20 jg

7-8 52 20-21 -|

8-9 22 21-22 - |

9-10 20 22-23 4

10-11 15 23-24 1

11-12 9 24-25 -

12-13 17 25-26 1

Total 1,806 |

—

captured in flight and several thousands of specimens marked at o

wintering clusters, can live as long as six months under certain ciwel

stances. The data for this species is dealt with below.

Whilst care needs to be taken in making generalizations fron È

meagre and incidentally-collected data such as that given in Tar

seems that species of the subfamily Danainae and Hypolimnas w

are longer-lived than the other species listed. These species also put.

pass the adverse period of the year in some parts of their range i28]

reproducing adults. '

Danaus plexippus

The data in Table II is based on 1806 specimens from sil

can be seen that a period of at least twenty six weeks adult i

possible. It is not feasible to give details here of the thousank

— — — — vp 9% £P 0£ — 95 9p — — IZ LOL EZI 9ZI 98 tcl ZSI Op tp So — ?HOJJIA

ST CE METEO yere s E ST ROR acsi CORE ZOTBPOINSEIESPIS Scam CIR ERECTO m eqensny

nos

6€ 18 ZZ ZE LC 9 9I th bE Lt 68 vL I8 t6 88 ZET GLI SST SEI 9ST PII CIT EL 9 ‘WSN

use

SI €I €Z LI LZ OP bE ST 8Z 6I SE EL SE 9 L W — ODE a gZ S S aoz purjsusend

[esveod

a N O S v I í W v W a f "

syjuow y[eH

——————————————————————————————————————————

snddixajd `q—yiuow f[pi| yova saspa]a4 10f pap4oo24 (skop ut) oft] fo 118u2] Isa8uoT

II QTISV.L

can be easily undertaken. . |

66 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, |j

specimens marked and recaptured at overwintering cluster sites; (y |

results confirm those obtained from the specimens discussed here. T

II data is equivalent to that given in Table I for other species. Table Il -

gives data from the same specimens arranged seasonally and separated |

into four areas, (1) coastal Queensland and the north coast of Ny

South Wales, (2) central coastal New South Wales, (3) South Austri;

and (4) Victoria. For each half month the longest period record |

between release and recapture is given for a specimen released duin |

that half month. It can be seen that there is a distinct seasonal infu; |

on possible length of life and that in all areas except coastal Queendai

and the north coast of New South Wales, autumn releases can m

to live longer than those from spring and summer. The reason for thi |

is to be found in differences in the breeding cycles in northem af

southern populations. Details of breeding studies are to be publiste |

elsewhere but it can be stated here that in coastal Queensland ai ;

north coastal New South Wales breeding is virtually continuous thr |

out the year; in the other three areas there are one or more generation |

of which the adults breed soon after emergence followed by one generatio |

the adults of which enter a reproductive diapause and pass the ad |

period of the year (when temperatures are low and food plants ate si ,

available or are unsuitable for larvae) in a relatively inactive se |

(Smithers, 1972). These adults may form clusters under certain ci-

cumstances (Smithers, 1965 and in prep.). Those individuals sia

breed soon after emergence can expect a life of about sixty to seven |

days whereas those which emerge in autumn and delay the start

breeding until the following spring can survive as longer-lived individui.

through winter. In northern coastal areas, on the other hand, no specines |

at any time of year live longer than about sixty or seventy days, t |

expected life of southerly generations which breed soon after emergent.

In brief, then, most specimens of D. plexippus have a possible lent

of life of about sixty to seventy days and those of the overwinter

generation may live as long as six months. )

It is hoped that the publication of this short note will encowg |

others to make more appropriately planned studies on the longevity « |

Australian species. It is a study which requires little equipment a

Acknowledgements !

I would like to thank the many co-operators in the migration sii]

scheme whose marking and release work provided the data on e

this note is based and Dr I. F. B. Common for commenting on bi

note in manuscript. |

References

Smithers, C. N., 1965. A note on overwintering in Danaus plexippus (Lins |

(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. Zool. 132): 135.18)

Smithers, C. N., 1972. Observations on a breeding ppoulation of Danaus plesi {

(L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) at Camden, New South Wales. As

Zool. 17(2): 142-148. |

Urquhart, F. A., 1960, The Monarch Butterfly. 361 pp., 12 pls., 79 figs. Tow

Aust. ent, Mag. 1(5), December, 1973 67

THE BUTTERFLIES OF SPRINGSURE. CENTRAL HiGHLANDS, QUEENSLAND

By M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065

The township of Springsure lies approximately 275 kilometres (170

miles) W.S.W. of Rockhampton. The average rainfall is 63 cm (25 inch)

and the soil is poor, resulting in a light vegetative cover consisting notably

of eucalypts, macrozamias and grasses including spinifex (Triodia).

Scattered table-topped hills surround the township and close by to the

north west the larger and more rugged Mt. Zamia dominates the skyline.

From this protrudes a large rock known locally as Virgin Rock, the top

of which rises some 245 metres (800 ft) above the town. It was on

Mt. Zamia, and in particular from the top of Virgin Rock, that many

of the butterflies listed below were taken.

No butterflies appear to have previously been recorded from the

Springsure district. The following list records 32 species of which 31

were taken by the author during nine days intensive collecting from

25th August to 2nd September, 1971. Although good rains had fallen

in the district just prior to, and early in the visit, butterflies were very

scarce. However, this survey was conducted comparatively early in spring

and no doubt many other species will be found to occur in the area,

especially during warmer months.

One additional species taken by Mr. A. Atkins and additional

records and notes supplied by Mr. Atkins and by Mr. W. J. Wilson

are also included.

The nomenclature used for the butterflies listed here follows that

of Common & Waterhouse (1972).

HESPERIIDAE

. Trapezites eliena (Hewitson). 19 taken, 1 other seen. Previously

taken in western Queensland at Mitchell (Edwards, 1948).

. Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse. Common, 102, 29 taken,

others seen. Previously taken in western Queensland at Mitchell

(Edwards, 1948).

Y —

PAPILIONIDAE

3. Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan. 2 battered and worn 4 taken. 1

other à seen.

- Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay. Common. 54 taken.

Mostly fresh specimens.

3. Cressida cressida cressida (Fabricius). 16, 19 taken, 28, 39

sen. This species not previously recorded so far west.

PIERIDAE

. Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay). 28 taken, 2 other

Specimens seen.

. Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fabricius). 34, 39 taken. Pale form.

Common.

. Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butler). Scarce. 18, 19 taken, 1 other

Seen.

oci 32 c

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22%

231

24.

25.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 17

Eurema smilax (Donovan). Scarce. 48, 29 taken, 1 other sen

Eurema herla (W. S. Macleay). Scarce. 1 4 taken, 1 other specimen

seen. l

Elodina parthia (Hewitson). 28 taken. i

Elodina angulipennis (H. P. Lucas). Common. 14 taken. Fen |

seen laying eggs on Capparis canescens Banks ex B.C. This specs

not previously recorded so far west.

Delias argenthona argenthona (Fabricius). Scarce. 14, 19 taka

1 other specimen seen.

Delias aganippe (Donovan). Common. 44, 19 taken, several ol

specimens seen.

Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius). Pale form. 14, 29 tae

and 4 other specimens seen. All migrating south and all on Mt. Zany

on 29th August. Condition good. :

Cepora perimale scyllara (W. S. Macleay). 14 taken, brown hint

wing form. This species not previously recorded so far west. — -

Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus). 1 4, 19 taken, 3 others seen. They)

records greatly extend the western distribution of this species i

Queensland.

NYMPHALIDAE

Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll). Common. 29 taken. Smalll

and eggs found on Red Milkweed Asclepias curassavica L. —-

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay). Common. 16 taken, seg ]

other specimens seen. 3

Hypocysta pseudirius Butler, 18 taken.

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius). 1 seen.

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy). Very common. 29 taken.

Precis villida calybe (Godart). Scarce. 1 very battered 4 taki

1 other specimen seen. |

Acraea andromacha andromacha (Fabricius). Common. 4$, It

taken. In general, specimens smaller than normal.

LYCAENIDAE

Ogyris genoveva duaringa Bethune-Baker. 126 taken in frd.

condition on top of Virgin Rock, Mt. Zamia. These records ats

the known western range of this race which has previously b

recorded only as far west as Duaringa. Although an extens

search was made for the breeding sight this was not locati?

adults were not observed flying elsewhere in the district. 15 lit

were later collected by A. Atkins on 30th April, 1972, 3 milesi

of Springsure on the Tambo road. These were under rocks ai

Plates opposite: |

Above: The author collecting on the top of Virgin Rock, Mt. Zamia.

The township of Springsure and one of several table-topped hills in

the district can be seen in the background.

Below: Virgin Rock, Mt. Zamia, as seen from Mt. Zamia itself. The fit:

side falls vertically some 180 metres (600). :

70 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 197) -

base of a mistletoe-infested Bloodwood eucalypt and attended by; |

large yellow and black Camponotus ant. à

26. Ogyris zosine typhon Waterhouse & Lyell. Larvae and pupa o -

both the blue and purple forms were found by A. Atkins on 30 -

April, 1972. 2 larvae and 1 pupa, collected at a creek 1 ni;

north of Springsure on the Emerald road, emerged as 24 and |:

of the blue form. These were under bark at the base of a mistletoe-

infested Forest Red Gum Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm. and wee

attended by a small brown Camponotus ant. 5 larvae and 1 pya

collected 3 miles west of Springsure on the Tambo road produced

adults of the purple form. These were found under bark at th |

base of mistletoe-infested Bloodwood and Box eucalypts and wer

attended by a large dark Camponotus ant. This species had pr.

viously been taken at Clermont. |

27. Ogyris oroetes Hewitson. 14 taken, Virgin Rock, Mt. Zamia. W.]

Wilson found one larva 3 miles north of Springsure on Sth September,

1971 which he successfully bred through. A. Atkins also foun!

3 pupae, without ants, under bark of a mistletoe-infested Forst -

Red Gum Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm. on 30th April, 197, |

28. Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius (Murray). Common. 14, 3

taken.

29. Theclinesthes miskini (T. P. Lucas). Common. 84 taken. May

Macrozamia moorei F. Muell.. probably the local food planto |

this species, are in the area. This extends the known western lini

of T. miskini, especially in Queensland.

30. Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus). Scarce, 29 taken. No others seen

31. Zizina otis labradus (Godart). Common. 14 taken. |

32. Candalides heathi heathi (Cox). Rare. 19 taken. |

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr. & Mrs. G. A. Devine who so kindly inviti

me to accompany them on their holiday to Springsure, to Mr. Deis

also for the photographs used in this paper and for accompanying ai

assisting me while collecting. My thanks also to Rev. & Mrs. A. sai

for their hospitality while at Springsure, to Mr. B. Montague-Drát |

for assistance in preparing the plates and to Messrs A. Atkins and W.]

Wilson for supplying their records of Springsure butterflies. Mr. Atkins |

Dr. I. F. B. Common and Dr. D. K. McAlpine are thanked for thet

constructive comments on the manuscript of this paper. |

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Ants

& Robertson, Sydney. 4to. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr. l

Edwards, E. O. E.. 1948. Notes on butterflies of western Queensuand Aust. Tod. |

11(3): 225-232.

Aust, ent, Mag. 1(5), December, 1973 71

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

This section attempts to fulfil the need for a comprehensive list of

current Australian entomological literature. It is arranged so that the

listings may be used to compile personal bibliographies concerning

specialised interests. It dates back to the beginning of 1972.

If you have published anything concerning Australian insects

since the beginning of 1972 and it is not listed in this, or previous

issues of Aust. ent. Mag., | would be grateful if you would advise

me accordingly so that such literature can be listed in the next issue.

BARTELL, R. J.

1972. See LAWRENCE, L. A. and BARTELL, R. J., 1972.

BARTELL, R. L. and LAWRENCE, Louise A.

1973. Reduction in responsiveness of males of Epiphyas postvittana

(Lepidoptera) to sex pheromone following previous brief

pheromonal exposure. J. Insect Physiol. 19(4): 845-855.

BARTELL, R. J. and ROELOFS, W. L.

1973. Inhibition of sexual response in males of the moth Argyrotaenia

velutinana by brief exposures to synthetic pheromone or its

geometrical isomer. J. Insect Physiol. 19(3): 655-661.

BASINSKI, J. J.

1973. See EVENSON, J. P. and BASINSKI, J. J., 1973.

BEDDING, R. A.

1972. Biology of Deladenus siricidicola (Neotylenchidae) an ento-

mophagous-mycetophagous nematode parasitic in siricid wood-

wasps. Nematologica 18: 482-493.

BROPHY, J. J., CAVILL, G. W. K. and SHANNON, J. S.

1973. Venom and Dufour's gland secretions in an Australian species

of Camponotus. J. Insect Physiol. 19(4): 791-797, table 1,

text-figs 1 & 2.

BROWN, William L. Jr.

1973. The Indo-Australian species of the ant genus Strumigenys:

groups of horvathi, mayri and wallacei. Pacific Ins. 15(2):

259-269, text figs 1-8.

CARSON, Hampton L. and WHEELER, Marshall R.

1973. A new crab fly from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean (Diptera:

Drosophilidae). Pacific Ins. 15(2): 199-208, tables 1-9, text-

figs 1-5. ]

CAVILL, GW. K.

1973. See BROHPHY, J. J., CAVILL, G. W. K. and SHANNON,

JS381073*

CHERRY, Lois M.

1973. The accumulation and utilization of food reserves by the

adult female cattle tick, Boophilus rmicroplus (Canestrini).

Aust. J. Zool. 21(3): 403-412, text-figs 1-7.

CLYNE, Densey

1973d. Insects in my garden. Part 6—Six-legged house-guests. Wildlife,

Aust, 10(1): 42-44, illustr.

» Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 1973

COLBO, M. H. |

1973. See MOORHOUSE, D. E. and COLBO, M. H., 1973,

COMMON, I. F. B. and MOULDS, M. S. |

1973. The date of publication of Captain Phillip King’s Narrative

of a survey of the intertropical and western coasts of Austral,

J. Soc. Biblphy nat. Hist. 6(4): 257-259.

CROSSKEY, R. W.

1973. A revisionary classification of the Rutiliini (Diptera: Tad: |

dae), with keys to the described species. Bull. Brit. Mu.

(Nat. Hist.) Ento. Suppl. 19: 1-167, text-figs 1-109, 1 map |

CROWDEN, R. K. |

1973. See FONG, L. K. and CROWDEN, R. K., 1973.

CROWSON, R. A.

1973. See GUPTA, T. S. and CROWSON, R. A., 1973.

CULVENOR, C. C. J.

1973. See EDGAR, J. A., CULVENOR, C. C. J. and ROBINSON, -

G. S., 1973. |

DANIELL, J. Michael

1973. The privet Hawk-moth. Koolewong 2(2): 1l. |

DOMROW, Robert

1973. The genus Archemyobia Jameson in Australia. J. Aust. en.

Soc. 12(2): 131-133, text-figs 1 & 2.

DUNNET, George M.

1973. See TRAUB, R. and DUNNET, G. M., 1973.

EDGAR, J. A., CULVENOR, C. C. J. and ROBINSON, G. S.

1973. Hairpencil dihydropyrrolizines of Danainae from the Ni

Hebrides. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 144-150, tables 1&1,

pl. I.

EDWARDS, E. D.

1973. Delayed ovarian development and aestivation in adult fenis

of Heteronympha merope merope (Lepidoptera: Satyrine).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 92-98, tables I & II, iE

EVANS, Howard E. |

1972b. A review of the Australian species of Elaphrosyron ani |

Telostegus, with notes on other genera (Hymenoptera, Pon-

pilidae). Breviora, Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard no. 386: 1/1. |

EVANS, Howard E. and MATTHEWS, Robert W.

1973. Behavioural observations on some Australian spider wap |

(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 1%5(1):

45-55, text-figs 1-6. |

EVANS, John

1973. Some new genera and species of Cicadelloidea from Austri

and New Guinea (Homoptera). Pacific Ins. 15(2): 185-19,

text-figs 1-8.

EVENSON, J. P. and BASINSKI, J. J. ; |

1973. Bibliography of cotton pests and diseases in Australia. Co.

Grow. Rev. 50: 79-86.

FLETCHER, Brian S.

1973. Observations on a movement of insects at Heron ll

Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 157-160, table 1, fg 1 |

Aus, ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 1973 73

FLETCHER, B. S. and GIANNAKAKIS, A. H.

1973. Sex pheromone production in irradiated males of Dacus

(Strumeta) tryoni. J. econ. Ent. 66(1): 62-64.

FONG, L. K. and CROWDEN, R. K.

1973. Physiological effects of mucus from the wood wasp, Sirex

noctilio F., on the foliage of Pinus radiata D. Don. Aust. J.

biol. Sci. 26(2): 365-378, 10 figs.

FORTEATH, G. N. R.

1973. See OSBORN, A. W., FORTEATH, G. N. R. and HOLLO-

WAY, G. A., 1973.

GALBRAITH, M. N., HORN, D. H. S., MIDDLETON, E. J. and

THOMSON, J. A.

1973. Biological activity of synthetic moulting hormone analogues

in the blowfly Calliphora stygia. Experientia 29: 19.

1973a. Ecdysone biosynthesis in the blowfly Calliphora stygia. J. chem.

Soc., Chem. Communs No. 6: 203-204.

GIANNAKAKIS, A. H.

1973. See FLETCHER, B. S. and GIANNAKAKIS, A., 1973.

GRAHAM, A. J.

1973. Redwood Park (Toowoomba) Lepidoptera observations in

March, 1973. Darling Downs Nat. May, 1973: 3.

1973a. Redwood Park (Towoomba) Lepidoptera notes for April, 1973.

Darling Downs Nat. June 1973: 6.

GRIGG, Gordon C.

1973. Some consequences of the shape and orientation of “magnetic”

termite mounds. Aust. J. Zool. 21 (2): 231-237, 9 text-figs.

GRYLLS, N. E.

1973. See KITCHING, R. L., GRYLLS, N. E. and WATERFORD,

C., 1973.

GUPTA, T. Sen and CROWSON, R. A.

1973. A review of the classification of Cerylonidae (Coleoptera,

Clavicornia). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 124(4) : 365-446, text-

figs 1-240.

HARDY, R. J.

1973. The biology of Fraus simulans Walker (Lepidoptera: Hepiali-

dae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 113-120, table 1, text-fig. 1,

pls I & II.

1973a, Larval chaetotaxy of thorax and abdomen of Fraus simulans

Walker (Lepidoptera: Hepialidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2):

121-123, text-fig. 1.

HARRIS, J. A.

1973. Structure and dynamics of a cave population of the guano mite,

Uroobovella coprophila (Womersley). Aust. J. Zool. 21(2):

239-275, 11 tables, 12 text-figs.

HASKINS, Caryl P.

1972, The marvels of animal behaviour. National Geographic Soc.,

Washington, D.C. 4to. Pp. 1-422.

Popular notes illustrating and briefly mentioning Myrmecia (Hymeno-

ptera: Formicidae) pp. 126, 127.

74 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, |j; |

HASKINS, Caryl P., HEWITT, R. E. and HASKINS, E. F.

1973. Release of aggressive and capture behaviour in the ant Myrmeri

gulosa F. by exocrine products of the ant Camponotus, J, En, |

(A) 47(2): 125-139, tables 1-7, text-figs 1-4. |

HASKINS, E. F.

1973. See HASKINS, C. P., HEWITT, R. E. and HASKINS E 5|

1973.

HEWITSON, William Chapman |

1972. Hewitson on butterflies. 4 papers by W. C. Hewitson. Repriie

with a preface by L. G. Higgins. 8vo. E. W. Classey li |

Hampton. Pp. (viii); iii, 1-26; 1-36; i-ii, 1-96; 1-22. j

In this volume the following four papers by W. C. Hewitson 4

brought together and reprinted: j

Descriptions of one hundred new species of Hesperiidae. Pars \ |

1867-1868.

Descriptions of some new species of Lycaenidae. 1 part, 1868, |

Equatorial Lepidoptera collected by Mr Buckley. Parts 1-5, 1869-181.

Bolivian butterflies collected by Mr Buckley. 1 part, 1874.

After publication of this book on 2nd October, 1972 the pui |

realised that pages 6/7, 10/11, 14/15, and 18/19 in Descriptio:

of one hundred new species of Hesperiidae had been accidently tux `

posed for the similarly numbered pages of Descriptions of some w |

species of Lycaenidae. Immediately sales of this printing were stoppi

and all customers who had purchased copies, virtually all, from pè

publication orders, were advised of the errors and requested to desty |

their copies which would be replaced free of charge after the but |

was reprinted. It was reissued on 10th May, 1973 using the same Int: |

national Standard Book Number, the only difference being, apart fu:

the correct placement of the pages, a change in the colour of the dix

jacket from blue to red. Copies of the first printing are very nt |

HEWITT, R. E. |

1973. See HASKINS, C. P., HEWITT, R. E. and HASKINS, Ef,

1973.

HOLLOWAY, G. A.

1973. See OSBORN, A. W., FORTEATH, G. N. R. and HOLI f

WAY, G. A. 1973. [

HORN, D. H. S.

1973. See GALBRAITH, M. N., HORN, D. H. S, MIDDLETON |

E. J. and THOMSON, J. A., 1973. |

1973a. See GALBRAITH, N. M., HORN, D. H. S., MIDDLETON

E. J. and THOMSON, J. A., 1973. |

KITCHING, A. L., GRYLLS, N. E. and WATERFORD, C. '

1973. The identity of the Australian species of Cicadulina od

(Homoptera: Cicadellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 1%!

143, text-figs 1-8. |

KNOWLES, C. D., WILSON, J. T. and SCHNITZERLING, H. J. t

1973. Bioassay of chlorphenamidine using larvae of the cattle t

Boophilus microplus. Aust. vet. J. 49(4): 205-206. |

LAWRENCE, Louise A. ,

1973. See BARTELL, R. L. and LAWRENCE, L. A., 1973. |

LAWRENCE, Louise A. and BARTELL, R. J.

1972. Effect of age on calling behaviour of virgin females of Epi |

postvittana (Lepidoptera) and on their pheromone coisi

and ovarians development. Entomologia exp. appl. 15: 45848.

Aust, ent, Mag. 1(5), December, 1973 75

LEE, Brian

1973. Nature's dustmen do us damage. Hemisphere 17(8):. 32-35,

illustr.

Termites

LEE, D. C. 5 :

1973. Rhodacaridae (Acari: Mesostigmata) from near Adelaide,

Australia. II. Ecology. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 97(2): 139-

152, text-figs 1-7.

LENDON, C.

1973. See WATSON, J. A. L., LENDON, C. and LOW, B. S., 1973.

LEWIS, E. E.

1973. See WOODBURN, T. L. and LEWIS, E. E., 1973.

low, B. S.

1973. See WATSON, J. A. L., LENDON, C. and LOW, B. S., 1973.

McALPINE, D. K.

1972b. Sexual behaviour of Platystomatid flies in relation to speciation.

Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 228: 30-33, 1 table.

1973. The Australian Platystomatidae (Diptera, Schizophora) with

a revision of five genera. Aust. Mus. Mem. 15: 1-256, figs

1-110.

Published 2nd July, 1973.

McEVEY, S. F.

1973. Notes on moths and butterflies in the Rutherglen district from

1967. Victorian Ent. 3(3): 4-6.

MACKERRAS, I. M. and MARKS, E. N.

1973. The Bancrofts: a century of scientific endeavour. Proc. R.

Soc. Od 84(1): 1-34, pls 1-3.

MARKS, E. N.

1973b. See MACKERRAS, I. M. and MARKS, E. N., 1973.

MATTHEWS, R. W.

1973. See EVANS, H. E. and MATTHEWS, R. M., 1973.

. MIDDLETON, E. J.

1973. See GALBRAITH, M. N., HORN, D. H. S., MIDDLETON,

E. J. and THOMSON, J. A., 1973.

1973a. GALBRAITH, M. N., HORN, D. H. S., MIDDLETON, E. J.

and THOMSON, J. A., 1973.

MONTEITH, G. B.

1973.. Australian rainforest insects. Wildlife, Aust. 10(2): 88-90, 1 pl.

MOORHOUSE, D. E. and COLBO, M. H.

1973. On the swarming of Austrosimulium pestilens -Mackerras and

Mackerras (Diptera: Simuliidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2):

127-130.

MOULDS, M. S.

1973. See COMMON, I. F. B. and MOULDS, M. S., 1973.

, O'HAGAN, J. E.

1973. See SHANAHAN, A. G. and O’HAGAN, J. E., 1973.

7: Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5), December, 197) |

OSBORN, A. W., FORTEATH, G. N. R. and HOLLOWAY, G. A.

1973. A new species of Neurogalesus (Hymenoptera: Diaprida),;

parasite of the soldier fly, Inopus rubriceps (Diptera: Stai |

myidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 124-126.

RICHARDS, Aola M.

1973. The migration of cave anthropods across the Nullabor Pli;

southern Australia. Helitite 10(3): 60-72, 7 tables. |

Journal dated July, 1972 but was actually published June, 1973,

RIEK, E. F. |

1973. A revision of Australian scorpion flies of the family Choristitz

(Mecoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 103-112, texts H |

ROBINSON, G. S. |

1973. See EDGAR, J. A., CULVENOR, C. C. J. and ROBINSON, -

G. S., 1973. |

ROELOFS, W. L.

1973. See BARTELL, R. J. and ROELOFS, W. L., 1973.

SCHNITZERLING, H. J. |

1973. See KNOWLES, C. O., WILSON, J. T. and SCHNITZERLING, '

H. J., 1973. |

SHANAHAN, A. G. and O'HAGAN, J. E.

1973. Enzyme activity of the cytochrome system of the eg ai |

larva of the cattle tick (Boophilus microplus). Aust. J. tl ,

Sci. 26(2): 453-463, 2 tables, 4 figs.

SHANNON, J. S.

1973. See BROPHY, J. J., CAVILL, G. W. K. and SHANNON, |

J. S., 1973. I

THOMSON, J. A.

1973. See GALBRAITH, M. N., HORN, D. H. S., MIDDLETON |

E. J. and THOMSON, J. A., 1973.

1973a. See GALBRAITH, M. N., HORN, D. H. S., MIDDLETON

E. J. and THOMSON, J. A., 1973.

TRAUB, Robert and DUNNET, George M. |

1973. Revision of the siphonapteran genus Stephanocircus Ska, |

1893 (Stephanocircidae). Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 20: 412,

1 table, 136 text-figs. |

WATERFORD, C. : |

1973. See KITCHING, R. L., GRYLLS, N. E. and WATERFORD.

(0551973:

WATSON, J. A. L., LENDON, C. and LOW, B. S.

1973. Termites in mulga lands. Tropical Grasslands 7(1): 121-41

tables 1 & 2. |

WHEELER, Marshall R. i

1973. See CARSON, H. L. and WHEELER, M. R., 193. |

WILSON, J. T.

1973. See KNOWLES, C. O., WILSON, J. T. and SCHNITIB-

LING, H. J., 1973. i

WOODBURN, T. L. and LEWIS, E. E. i

1973. A comparative histological study of the effects of E

by nymphs of four psyllid species on the leaves of Eug

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 134-138, tables 1 & 2, p. |

SUBSCRIBERS’ NOTICES

Subscribers! notices are printed free of charge to private subscribers.

Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right

to alter or reject notices considered unsuitable.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS: Mr A. F. Atkins, Flat 1, 15 Booker St, North

Rockhampton, Queensland, 4701. (Previous address: Menzies St,

Kawana, Rockhampton).

WANTED. Full data on Australian Sphingidae and Saturniidae. Please

send list(s) of species location, dates and foodplants etc. A. J.

Graham, 132 Perth St, Toowoomba, Qld., 4350.

WANTED. A copy of Victorian Butterflies by Anderson and Spry, 1893-

94. Mr P. Carwardine, 2A Victoria Road, Malvern, Vic., 3144.

FOR SALE. Butterflies from Trobriand Islands & Papua New Guinea.

M. V. & R. L. Glanville, P.O. Box 29, Losuia, Papua New Guinea.

le cx TM "

Aamerunga Biological Laboratories

| P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

| PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

| FOR PRIVATE AND RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

| Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it

extends for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased

if ordered in advance. i

Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers

to the journal.

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate. F

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper he considers

Unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

EDWARDS, J. S. Insect fallout on snow in the aU us 1

New South Wales ............

HOLLOWAY, G. A. A mould for the productions of tne i

bars for use in entomological cabinets ...........

MOULDS, M. S. The butterflies of Springsure, central "

Queensland OOOO oa a a

SMITHERS, C. N. A note on et of adult life of some pass

butterflies l I

TREMONT, S. A further Sydney record of the Evening -"

butterfly Melanitis leda bankia ( me epica :

Nymphalidae) . oa to ee 3

RECENT. LITERATURE... 222

SUBSCRIBERS’ NOTICES ..........sssseee insi

BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD

by H. L. Lewis

208 coloured plates iliustrating over 5,500 butterflies

This important book is to be published January, 1974. It provides for

the first time in one volume, an almost complete conspectus d.

the world's recorded species. All the genera and most of the species

are illustrated in colour. As a work of reference it should prove of

great value to all.

Prepublication Price $25.00 Post Free (Aust. only)

Standard Price $27.50

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 414

Agency: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Sydney) 433972 -

57178

Surrey BEATTY & Sons, PRINTERS yi

USTRALIAN |

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 1, PART 6

APRIL, 1974

Australian Entomological Magazine is a journal concerned with

entomology in the Australian Region and is designed for boh

amateur and professional entomologists. It will be publish

four times annually, though not necessarily at regular intervals. $i

parts will comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be sent to;

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$4.00 per annum Aust. & Terr. & New Zealand.

A$5.00 (US$7.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$5.00 (US$7.50) per annum

COVER

Drawing by S. P. Kim.

Design by G. Daniels.

Depicts a female Hairy Cicada, Tettigarcta crinita Distant, Fan.

Tettigarctidae. The Cicadoidea are divided into only two families,

of which the Tettigarctidae comprises only two species, both r-

stricted to Australia.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

SURREY BEATTY & SONS

Rickard Road, Chipping Norton,

N.S.W., 2170

HEN EMINET ortam

Australian Entomological:

Magazine {= |

Aust. ent. Mag. Notes

Volume 1, Part 6 = April, 1974

NEW BUTTERFLY RECORDS FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

By John V. Peters

245 Quarry Rd., Ryde, N.S.W. 2112.

Waterhouse (1914), Evans (1949), Angel (1951) and Le Souét

(1971) have recorded, between them, a total of twelve species of

butterflies from the Alice Springs-Ayers Rock area of Australia. These

are:- Croitana croites (Hewitson), Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay,

P. demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay, Eurema smilax (Don.), Anaphaeis

java teutonia (Fab.), Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay), Vanessa

kershawi (McCoy), Precis villida calybe (Godart), Ogyris amaryllis

parsonsi Angel, Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder),

Neolucia serpentata serpentata (H-Sch.), and Zizina otis labradus

(Godart).

A new record for central Australia, therefore, appears to be

Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay). My father, Mr A. H.

Peters, collected one male and one female specimen at Ormiston Gorge,

Northern Territory, on 16th May, 1972. In addition, my father collected

thee males of Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) on 15th, 16th and

lth May, 1972 at Standley Chasm, N.T., Ormiston Gorge, N.T. and

Mount Conner, N.T., respectively. Common and Waterhouse (1972)

indicate that D. chrysippus occurs throughout Australia but none of the

above authors mention it specificially from central Australia. The speci-

mens mentioned-are in the author’s collection.

References

Angel, F. M., 1951. Notes on the Lepidoptera of the Northern Territory of

Australia, with descriptions of new species. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

74(1):- 6-14.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus

and Robertson, Sydney. xii, 498 pages, illustr.

Evan, W. H., 1949, 4 catalogue of the Hesperiidae from Europe, Asia and

Australia in the British Museum (Natural History). Brit. Mus. (Nat.

Hist.), London. xix, 502 pages, illustr.

Le Souéf, J. C., 1971. Winter insect collecting in the Northern Territory. Victorian

Nat. 88(12): 350-356.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1914. In S.A. White, Scientific notes on an expedition into

the interior of Australia carried out by Capt. S. A. White, M.B.O.U., from

July to October, 1913. (j) Insecta. Lepidoptera. Suborder Rhopalocera,

Trans. Proc. R. Soc. S. Aust. 38: 455.

78 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

OBSERVATIONS ON THE RESPONSE OF QUEENSLAND DANAID

BUTTERFLIES TO SELECTIVE ATTRACTANTS

By A. F. Atkins

Flat 1, 15 Booker Street, North Rockhampton, Queensland, 4701,

Male butterflies of the subfamily Danainae have a pair of expansible

pheromone-disseminating organs (hairpencils) near the tip of the abdomen,

When expanded the hairpencils give off a characteristic scent. Edgy

et al. (1971, 1973) have found that several danaids from Australia ani

the New Hebrides secrete on their hairpencils dihydropyrrolizines which

are chemically related to the pyrrolizidine alkaloids. There is evidence

to suggest (Edgar et al, 1973) that the male butterflies obtain their

hairpencil dihydropyrrolizines from pyrrolizidine alkaloid-containing plant

by adult feeding.

Danaid butterflies are strongly attracted to, and feed on, certan

withered and dead pyrrolizidine alkaloid-containing plants. Reports d

this attraction are well documented. Hopkins and Buxton (1926), Poulton

(1936) and Lever (1936) reported attraction of danaids to the t |

Tournefortia argentea L. (Family Boraginaceae). Species of Heliotropium |

and other plants of the Boraginaceae which contain pyrrolizidine alkaloids |

are also reported to attract danaids (Beebe, 1955; Edgar et al., 1973),

In these reports it was generally observed that male butterflies attend

these plants, though Lever recorded female danaids feeding from broken

branches and withered leaves of Tournefortia. I report here my om

observations of the specific attraction of danaids to certain plants.

In central Queensland the species Euploea core corinna (W. $

Macleay), Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (Fabricius), Danaus plexippus

plexippus (Linnaeus), Danaus chryippus petila (Stoll), and Danas

hamatus hamatus (W. S. Macleay) are abundant in the butterfly faum.

In the warmer months flights of apparently migrating E. core, D. hamatu,

and to a lesser extent E. tulliolus, occur. During the heat of the dy

large numbers of these danaids congregate in darkly shaded gulis |

where they rest on over-hanging leafless branches. |

In 1970 I received samples of dried Heliotropium amplexicaule Val |

and these were tested as a lure in ‘cluster’ areas near Rockhampton in

central Queensland. Although the tests were conducted only bri

during poor weather, the plants noticeably attracted the danaids.

Further observations in 1971, 1972, and 1973 at Mt Archi»

(Rockhampton), Edungalba and Expedition Range (west of Rockhamp |

ton) revealed three significant selective plant attractants growing in ths |

central Queensland areas. The first, an unidentified species of Heliotropiun,

attracted D. hamatus, particularly when this plant grew in shaded gulis i

near cluster areas. The second was a rattlepod, Crotalaria spectabili |

Roth. which attracted large numbers of D. hamatus, and E. core, ait |

few E. tulliolus. Another rattlepod, Crotalaria lanceolata E. Meyer, %1

attracted moderate numbers of D. plexippus and D. chrysippus. Boh

rattlepods attracted danaids only when found growing in shaded ars

or on sheltered slopes. Several species of Crotalaria growing in nu

—

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

PLATE I

Queensland danaid butterflies attracted to the rattlepod, Crotalaria spectabilis

Roth. Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay), with haustellum inserted in

à seed-pod, through the emergence hole excavated by a lycaenid larva. Danaus

hamatus hamatus (W. S. Macleay), feeding from a rib of a withered leaf.

Euplea tulliolus tulliolus (Fabricius), feeding from the stem of the rattlepod.

80 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

exposed situations were rarely visited. A third attractant, Parson

straminea (R.Br.) F. Muell. was commonly attended by D. hamatus an

occasionally by E. tulliolus.

In each observation, both sexes were found to be attracted to th:

plants, though males greatly out-numbered females. This dominance of

males was also apparent in clustering populations of D. hamatus ani

E. core. The butterflies attending the plants were reluctant to leave and

some specimens remained feeding for more than an hour. When disturbed

they would fly a short distance, then quickly return to the plant. The

danaids were particularly attracted to the mature growth or withered par

of the stem, leaves and leaf ribs. In each the haustellum was uncoiled

and extended to the plant surface in a feeding position. Those feeding

on Crotalaria were often seen to attend the dried pods. On one occasion

all five danaids were observed on the freshly exposed roots of Parsonig,

All previous reports of danaids feeding at the dead and withering

parts of plants have been confined to species of the family Boraginacex.

My observation of butterflies apparently feeding at Crotalaria appeas

to be the first report of attraction to pyrrolizidine alkaloid-containing

legumes of the family Papilionaceae.

Parsonia straminea is not known to contain pyrrolizidine alkaloids

and the reason the butterflies are attracted to this plant deserts

investigation.

Acknowledgements

I am most grateful to Dr. C. C. J. Culvenor and Dr. J. A. Edgar

C.S.LR.O., Division of Animal Health, Parkville, Victoria, for critical

reading this manuscript. Thanks are also due to Mr. V. Morür,

C.S.LR.O., Division of Applied Chemistry, Indooroopilly, Queenslan,

and the staff of the Queensland Herbarium for identifying plant specimens.

References |

Beebe, W., 1233 Two little-known selective insect attractants. Zoologica, N.Y. 40(1): -

27-32.

Edgar, J. A., Culvenor, C. C. J. and Smith, L. W., 1971. Dihydropyrolzx

derivatives in the ‘hair-pencil’ secretions of danaid butterflies. Experirt: |

27: 761.

Edgar, J. A., Culvenor, C. C. J. and Robinson, G. S., 1973. Hairpencil diy |

pyrrolizines of Danainae from the New Hebrides. J. Aust. ent. Soc. lt

144-150. |

Hopkins, G. H. E. and Buxton, P. A., 1926. Euploea spp. frequenting dead tvis

of T ourneTortid argentea in Samoa and Tonga. Proc. ent. Soc. Ini |

8 -37.

Lever, R. A., 1936. Notes on Euploea and other Lepidoptera attracted to Tow: |

fortia at Colombangara, Solomon Islands. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lok |

(A)11: 95-96. |

Poulton, E. B., 1936. Euplozine butterfly feeding at the broken surface d: |

Tournefortia branch and some days later on the withered lens d |

the same branch: Tulagi. Solomon Isalnds, 1936, R. A. Lever. Pu

R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A)11: 94-95.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 81

TWO NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS STENOPSYCHODES ULMER.

(STENOPSYCHIDAE: TRICHOPTERA)

By A. Neboiss

Curator of Insects, National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne

Abstract

Two new Stenopsychodes species, opsia and syrdena, are described.

Both occur in northern New South Wales.

Introduction

The genus Stenopsychodes Ulmer was placed by Mosely and Kim-

mins (1953) in the family Polycentropodidae; Ross (1967) and Schmid

(1969) altered the position and placed the genus alongside Stenopsyche

in the family Stenopsychidae, which together with family Philopotamidae

are considered by Ross in the above publication as the most primitive

branch of Annulipalpia, Riek (1970) included all Australian species

of Polycentropodidae and Stenopsychidae in the family Psychomyiidae.

The classification as suggested by Ross and Schmid has been accepted

in this publication.

In the study of the family Stenopsychidae Schmid (1969) recognized

six Australian species, synonymizing one (montana Tillyard = venusta

Kimmins) and describing one new species (aureoniger Schmid) from

Victoria. Specimens of this genus never have been plentiful in the

collections and every new record has been of considerable importance

fo trace the distribution of the various species and for understanding

of their relationships.

The genus is recorded from North Queensland to Victoria, but it

has not been recorded from Tasmania. All known localities are situated

in the mountain districts along the Australian east coast within a distance

of 250 km from the coast. It is interesting to record two new species

captured in one season, both occuring in the mountains of northern

New South Wales, well within the known boundaries of the generic

distribution.

All Australian species could be divided into two distinct colour

pattern groups. One group with black and golden pattern on the anterior

wings includes all species except S. hiemalis Tillyard and the two new

ones described in this paper. These three latter species belong to a

group with anterior wings pale ochraceous or fawn, with or without pale

reticulation.

Genus Stenopsychodes Ulmer

Stenopsychodes Ulmer, 1916. Ark. Zool. 10: 5, figs 7-11.

Stenopsychodes Mosely & Kimmins, 1953. Trich. Austr. & N.Z.: 363.

Stenopsychodes Schmid, 1969. Can. Ent. 101: 197.

Detailed generic descriptions may be found in the above publications.

Type species: Stenopsychodes mjóbergi Ulmer.

aa Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

Key for separating species

1. Anterior wings with black and yellow or golden

pattern 4.52 Xe ate STA ace TE melanochrysa Tillyard

tillyardi Banks

mjóbergi Ulmer

montana Tillyard

—. Anterior wings fawn or ochraceous «0.2... eee Hee L

2. Anterior wings with pale reticulation j

—. Anterior wings without pale reticulation, apices

darkened smoky brown ...........mÁMHHRRÁRHR opsia sp. n.

3. Posterior margin of tergite X extended to a long

narrow pIOCeSS eese emen eee syrdena sp. n.

—. Posterior margin of tergite X short, triangular ........ hiemalis Tillyard

Stenopsychodes opsia sp. n.

Figs 1-5

Description |

Large, bright ochraceous coloured species, anterior wings with |

apices darkened smoky brown; posterior wings slightly paler throughout |

but apices darkened, smoky; head, antennae, entire body and legs of

the same bright ochraceous colour, only tarsal segments occasionally

darker, smoky brown; eyes distinct, black. Longitudinal veins of the

anterior wings covered with a single row of stiff bristles, particularly

noticeable and much denser on R;, Cu, and 1A. Sternite V in both |

sexes with a lateral pore which is attached to an internal glandular sack.

à genitalia: basically of the same plan as that in Stenopsychode

montana Tillyard, but differs in details. Lateral angle of segment IX

produced posteriorly to a broad, apically rounded triangular lobe. Praani

appendages long and slender. The posterior margin of tergite X apically

extended to a pair of slender, rather transparent filaments; a pair d |

very long, laterally flattened processes on either side, the lower mar: |

at the basal third in lateral view widened, tri-pointed distally. Aedes —

with laterally flattened elongate lobe at the base. Inferior appendages

long, robust, dilated toward the apex with a small rounded excision. |

9 genitalia: posterior angles of tergite VIII extended into divergem,

rounded, earlike flaps; sternite VIII internally with long anterior |

produced apodeme on either side; centre of posterior margin bilobi.

narrowly V-shaped excision in the middle. The middle of apodems |

on sternite IX curved inward laterally, rather robust.

Length of anterior wing: à 11 mm, 9 13-14 mm.

Type material. Holotype a (T4529), allotype 9 (T4530), 2:

paratypes (T 4531-T 4532) in alcohol, 19 paratype (T4533) à

Boonoo Boonoo River, 25 km N.E. Tenterfield, NEW SOUTH WALES.

11 Oct. 1973, A. Neboiss, (Nat. Mus. of Vic.). 1

Distribution |

Northern NEW SOUTH WALES (known from type locality "|

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

FIGS 1-4. Stenopsychodes opsia sp.n. 1, 8 genitalia dorsal; 2,

lateral; 3, & genitalia ventral; 4, 9 genitalia lateral.

TE SSS "WC

á genitalia

on Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

ElG: - 5. Stenopsychodes opsia sp.n. 9 wing venation.

Stenopsychodes syrdena sp. n.

Figs 6-9

Description

In general appearance this species closely resembles Stenopsychodes

hiemalis Tillyard. The anterior wings are reticulated fawn and ochraceous,

with evenly ochraceous space between the anal vein and posterior margin

bordered with darker fawn along the Cu vein. This pattern gives i

distinctive appearance in resting position when the pale anal area shows |

up as a light coloured dorsal line with darker colouring on either site

The head, antennae, body and legs are all ochraceous, eyes black.

à genitalia: similar to hiemalis with lateral angle of segment Kc

extended posteriorly into a triangular lobe. Praeapical appendages log |

and slender. Tergite X posteriorly extended to a long narrow pros |

a pair of very long laterally flattened processes on either side, at the |

base and below of which another small finger-like process is locati. |

Inferior appendages robust, slightly curved, rounded at apices, the upper -

margin terminating in a small bluntly bipointed process. |

9 genitalia: similar to that in opsia, but differs in the shape af

sternite VIII and much smaller apodemes on sternite IX as illustra’ |

Length of anterior wing: ¢ 12-13 mm, 9 15 mm.

Type material. Holotype à (T4534), allotype 9 (14535), ?

4 paratypes (T 4536-T 4537) all mounted dry. Dorrigo National Pati

NEW SOUTH WALES, Alt. 800m, 19 Nov. 1973, M. S. Mui |

(Nat. Mus. of Vic.). :

Distribution ^:

Northern NEW SOUTH WALES (known from type locality ony):

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 85

FIGS 6-9. Stenopsychodes syrdena sp. n. 6, & genitalia dorsal; 7, 4 genitalia

lateral; 8, 4 genitalia ventral; 9, 9 genitalia lateral.

86 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

Acknowledgement

The author expresses most sincere thanks to Mr M. S. Moulds for

sending Trichoptera material from New South Wales, among which th:

new species was discovered.

References

Mosely, M. E. and Kimmins, D. E. 1953. The Trichoptera (Caddis-flies) of

Australia and New Zealand. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist., London. Pp. 363-377.

Riek, E. F., 1970. Trichoptera (Chapter 35) in The insects of Australia. Meb,

Uni. Press, Melbourne. Pp. 741-764.

Ross, H. H., 1967. The evolution and past dispersal of the Trichoptera. Ann. Rev,

Ent. 12: 169-206.

Schmid, F., 1969. La Famille des Stenopsychides (Trichoptera). Can. Ent. 101:

187-224.

LACHESILLA TECTORUM BADONNEL (PSOCOPTERA: LACHESILLIDAE)

FROM QUEENSLAND

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

Smithers (1970) included the family Lachesillidae as Australian

on the basis of unidentified specimens in the Australian Museum; i

family had not previously been reported from this continent. This material

has now been identified as Lachesilla tectorum Badonnel.

Lachesilla tectorum Badonnel was described from Mozambique

(Badonnel, 1931). It has since been collected in a trap on the Galathea

95 km. from Mozambique (Thornton, 1964) and was recorded from

Mauritius (as Lachesilla pilosa) (Badonnel, 1966) and Angola (Badonne,

1969). The capture of this species, in yellow tray traps in Queensland, -

provides an interesting record. This, and the previous records, suget -

that it is a species which takes flight more readily than many Psocoptet

and hence easily becomes part of the aerial plankton, as does Lachesil

pedicularia (L.) in Europe and North America.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. QUEENSLAND. From yellow tras

21.xii.1961-12.1.1962, 69, Mt. Nebo, 179, Samford (E. Warwick).

References

Badonnel, A., 1931. Contribution a l'étude de la faune du Mozambique. Am.

Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 229-260, 37 figs.

— —— — 1966. Sur quelques Psocoptéres des Iles Mascareignes. Bull. Soc. dt.

Fr. 71: 234-238, 13 figs.

1969. Psocoptéres de l'Angola et de Pays voisins. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant

Angola 79: 1-152, 256 figs.

Smithers, C. N., 1970. In: The Insects of Australia 1029 pp., 8 pls. Melbourne.

Thornton, I. W. B., 1964. Airborne Psocoptera trapped on ships and aircri

Pacific Ins. 6: 285-291, 1 fig.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 87

BUTTERFLIES OF THE WAGGA WAGGA DISTRICT, N.S.W.

By P. N. Bungay

8 Paull St, Kooringal, Wagga Wagga, N.S.W. 2650.

Situated approximately mid-way between Sydney and Melbourne

on the main southern railway line, Wagga Wagga is 186 metres (609

feet) above sea level and straddles the border of the Riverina and

South-west Slopes climatic districts. Temperatures vary from a few

degrees below freezing in winter to 38°C+ (100°F+) in summer, with

very little humid weather.

The author has been collecting in the district since 1970. Most of

the butterflies recorded are probably resident in the district but, during

the summer of 1970-71, five migrant or vagrant species (Nos 7, 8, 14,

17 and 21) were also recorded. There appear to be no previously published

butterfly records from the Wagga district.

The nomenclature used follows that of Common and Waterhouse

(1972).

HESPERIIDAE

l. Trapezites luteus leucus Waterhouse (Rare White-spot Skipper).

One male was taken by Mr J. W. C. d’Apice on 16th October, 1969.

2. Taractrocera papyria papyria (Boisduval) (White Grassdart). A

common species.

3. Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse (Yellow-banded Dart). A

common species, especially from January to March.

PAPILIONIDAE

4. Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay (Dingy Swallowtail). Adults occur

from late October to May; the species breeds locally on citrus.

3. Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan (Orchard Butterfly). Adults occur

from late October to May; the species breeds locally on citrus.

6. Papilio demeoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay (Chequered Swallowtail).

November to April. Uncommon.

PIERIDAE

7. Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay) (Common Migrant).

Adults appeared in March, 1971, in great numbers and included

specimens of both forms, with black or pink antennae. Specimens

of the form with black antennae also appeared on 31st March,

1973 and were seen in the area for approximately 3 weeks.

8. Eurema smilax (Donovan) (Small Grass Yellow). Several were

seen and taken in April, 1971 and during April, October and

November, 1973.

9. Delias aganippe (Donovan) (Wood White). Several females were

taken from mid-January to April, 1971. Males were seen and taken

in April, 1971. Further sightings were made in November, 1973.

10. Anaphais java teutonia (Fabricius) (Caper White). Adults have

been taken at Wagga from late September or early October until

late December. In 1973 they were also observed in mid-March,

with a few specimens still present in May. A mass migration passed

through Wagga from 18th-22nd November, 1973, from north to

south.

12-

191

14.

15.

16.

17:

18.

19.

2l:

22;

24.

23t

26.

record of T rapezites luteus leucus in the above list, and Mr M. S. Moulds

for his help in preparing this paper.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 40.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus) (Cabbage White). Adults appear

from late August to May. This is usually the first butterfly to

appear after winter and the last to be seen before winter.

NYMPHALIDAE

Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus) (Wanderer). A male anda

female were taken in April, 1971. One specimen was seen on 17t

April, 1972 and another on 30th April, 1973. This species probably

reaches Wagga each year but only in small numbers. /

Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) (Lesser Wanderer). Three males

taken during April, 1971; sightings were made on 13th and 29r

October and 4th November, 1971 and on 22nd, 23rd and 24th March,

1973. A number of females were sighted or captured during

October and November, 1973.

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay) (Oleander Butterfly). Thre

males were taken within 10 minutes of each other in mid-April,

1971 and others were seen. During the 1973-74 season this species

has been common and has bred abundantly on Oleander throughout

the town. The first sighting this season was 2nd November, 1973,

Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius) (Common Brown).

Males appear from late October to late December, and females fron

early December to April.

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius) (Tailed Emperor). Mid-

November to April.

Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius) (Common Egefly). A rather

tattered male was taken at the Wagga Botanical Gardens in the

late afternoon of 28th March, 1971. |

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) (Painted Lady). September to Apri

Vanessa itea (Fabricius) (Australian Admiral). September to Apri. |

Precis villida calybe (Godt.) (Meadow Argus). September to Apri

Acraea andromacha andromacha (Fabricius) (Glasswing). Quit :

few males and females were flying during March, 1971. A feni

was taken on 25th April, 1973. |

LYCAENIDAE |

Lucia limbaria Swainson (Small Copper). A male and a femi

taken January/February, 1971 and a female on 21st October, 1912.

Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hewitson) (Onycha Blue). Ox

taken on Ist April, 1973.

Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus) (Pea Blue). March and December. |

Neolucia serpentata sepentata (Herrich-Schaffer) (Chequered Blue).

One taken on Ist April, 1973.

Zizina otis ladradus (Godart). (Common Grass-blue). Very com

mon. October to April.

i Acknowledgements :

I wish to thank Mr J. W. C. d'Apice for permission to include hi

Reference

Angus & Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 89

SOME FIELD OBSERVATIONS ON NOTHYBUS

(DIPTERA, NOTHYBIDAE)

By David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

Synopsis

Notes on behaviour of adults of Nothybus decorus and a related

species made in the field in Malaysia are given. Mention is made of

apparent aggressive Batesian mimicry in N. decorus.

Introduction

The family Nothybidae, containing the single genus Nothybus, is,

so far as known, restricted to the Oriental Region. Important recent

works on the family are those of Aczél (1955) and Frey (1958). Eight

species are recognized, but as neither worker had seen all the species,

no completely adequate key to the species exists. The group was first

allowed family rank by Frey (1927). Aczél (1955), through an erroneous

appraisal of the morphology, regarded the family as representing a

separate superfamily from all other families of Acalyptrate Diptera. The

systematic position of the family remains in doubt, as Hennig (1958)

and Griffiths (1972) have reached very different conclusions on this

subject. No information on habits and biology of the family has previously

been published and the immature stages are unknown.

Origin and Identification of Material

I observed and captured living specimens of Nothybus at two

localities in Malaysia in June 1973. The first locality was at Templer

Park, a forest reserve close to the city of Kuala Lumpur; the second

was on the road from Kuala Lumpur to Bentong about 2 km. east

of the junction of the road to Genting Highlands.

At Templer Park one male specimen was observed and subsequently

captured. This is identified as N. decorus de Meijere, 1924, from its

Very close agreement with the original description based on material

from northern Sumatra. I cannot exclude the possibility that N. lineifer

Enderlein, 1922, described from north-eastern Sumatra, is the same

species, but Enderlein’s description is inadequate. In the Genting High-

lands vicinity several specimens were observed and eight were captured,

both sexes being represented. Six of these specimens are N. decorus.

The other two belong to a distinct species, showing points of resemblance

to N. trigguttatus Bezzi, 1917 (described from Mindanao), but probably

distinct. No differences in behaviour were noted between individuals of the

different species, or between the sexes of N. decorus at this locality.

The only previous habitat record for Nothybus is given by Brunetti

(1913), who records that the type material of N. kempi (Brunetti)

Was taken "by sweeping in thick jungle". My material was found at

the edge of tracks in the rain forest, not far from running water and

under very humid conditions.

D Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

Field Observations

Templer Park, 14.vi.1973. One specimen of Nothybus (later deter-

mined as a male) was observed among leaves of an araceous plant

between 30 and 80 cm. above the ground. It hovered for periods d

less than a minute, then settled and walked on the upper surface of

leaves for a period before hovering again. When I attempted to place

a small net in an appropriate position for capture, the fly hovered over -

my arm (which was damp with perspiration) and struck it rapi; -

two or three times with the abdomen as if attempting to sting or lay

eggs. When placed in a glass jar, the body was held subparallel with

the substrate with the abdomen sagging a little posteriorly. The wins -

were held slightly raised above abdomen with anal margins just touchin, —

each other, the costal margins held higher than anal margins. The -

wings were therefore sloping upwards from base to apex and from

posterior margin to anterior margin. Sometimes the wings were hdi -

more widely spread. |

Vicinity of Genting Highlands, 15.vi.1973. Specimens of Nothybi

were seen on low foliage by the side of a track through the rain forest

in a sheltered valley. Specimens walked at moderate speed on up

surfaces of various horizontal leaves close to the ground, always moving

forwards and never reversing even when reaching the edge of a lai

When walking all legs were used, but when coming to rest, often at the

edge of a leaf, the white (N. decorus) or bicoloured (other species) |.

fore tarsi were extended forwards and waved as in many micropezi

The wings were held as described above. |

Discussion

Comparison of behaviour of Nothybus with that of other acalyptri: |

flies is difficult because of the paucity of published data. In life the ai

is reminiscent of the family Micropezidae because of the elongate boi

and legs and the habit of frequently waving the fore-legs. The forels |

are waved by representatives of numerous other families (see McAlpine.

1966). In the Micropezidae the fore-legs are frequently waved by spes |

of Mimegralla and Crepidochetus, but not by Metopochetus termini: |

(Walker). The carriage of the wings is unlike that of the micropzó

with which I am familiar (tribes Calobatini, Eurybatini, and subfamily |

Taeniapterinae), in that these hold the wings totally flexed and ft

on the dorsal surface of the abdomen. The habit of hovering betwen |

resting places also contrasts with the behaviour of those microps |

known to me. The micropezids generally dart rapidly from one place) |

another and I have never observed them to hover. Many drosyphió ;

hover for at least short periods and the curtonotid fly Axinota cs -

does so for prolonged periods before alighting on vegetation.

Mimicry of stinging Hymenoptera by Diptera is a very well know ;

phenomenon, especially in the tropics. It is probable that the appear |

of the two Nothybus species observed is adapted to mimicry of eit

pompilid or ichneumonid wasps. The carriage of the wings is patticlit

like that of Pompilidae, but I did not observe any possible poni |

models in the same habitat. The extraordinary aggressive behai.,

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 91

which I observed at Templer Park, I can only interpret as an extreme

example of behavioural Batesian mimicry. Nicholson (1927:58) records

somewhat similar behaviour in a mycetophilid fly (later named Nichol-

sonomyia vespiformis Tonnoir, 1929) which is a mimic of Polistes sp.

Nicholson's astonishment at finding that his attacker was a harmless

mycetophilid, must have equalled my own when I was attacked by

Nothybus—otherwise a much less convincing mimic.

Acknowledgements

Field work in Malaysia was carried out while returning from a visit

to Europe sponsored by the Australian Research Grants Committee and

C.S.LR.O. Science and Industry Endowment Fund.

References

Aczél, M. L., 1955. Nothybidae, a new family of Diptera. Treubia 23: 1-18, pl. 1.

Bezzi, M., 1917. Studies in Philippine Diptera, II. Philipp. J. Sci. 12D: 107-159,

1 pl.

Brunetti, E., 1913. Zoological results of the Abor Expedition 1911-12. XI. Diptera.

Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta 8: 149-190, pl. 6.

Enderlein, G., 1922. Klassifikation der Micropeziden. Arch. Naturg. 88A (5):

140-229.

Frey, R., 1927. Zur Systematik der Diptera Haplostomata. III. Fam. Micropezidae.

Notul. ent. 7: 65-76.

—— — — 1958. Studien über ostasiatische Dipteren Vl. Nothybidae, Micropezidae,

Opomyzidae. Notul. ent. 38: 37-51.

Griffiths, G. C. D., 1972. The phylogenetic classification of Diptera Cyclorrhapha

with special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. W. Junk,

The Hague, 340 pp.

Hennig, W., 1958. Die Familien der Diptera Schizophora und ihre phylogenetischen

Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen. Beitr. Ent. 8: 505-688.

Meijere, J. C. H. de, 1924. Studien über sudostasiatische Dipteren XV. Tijdschr.

Ent. 67 (suppl): 1-64.

Nicholson, A. J., 1927. A new theory of mimicry in insects. Aust. Zool. 5* 10-104,

pls 1-14.

Tonnoir, A. L., 1929. Australian Mycetophilidae. Synopsis of the genera. Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 54: 584-614, pls 22-23.

a Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

This section attempts to fulfil the need for a comprehensive list of

current Australian entomological literature. It is arranged so that the

listings may be used to compile personal bibliographies concerning

specialised interests. It dates back to the beginning of 1972.

If you have published anything concerning Australian insects

since the beginning of 1972 and it is not listed in this, or previous

issues of Aust. ent. Mag., | would be grateful if you would advise

me accordingly so that such literature can be listed in the next issue,

ALLEN, Peter G.

1973. Biology of Desiantha caudata Pascoe (Coleoptera: Curculioni-

dae) in South Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(3): 201-206,

text-figs 1-8.

ANONYMOUS

1972m. The following footnote to be added to 1972m listed previously.

Reprinted from Rur. Res. C.S.I.R.O. 75: 2-6. See ANONYMOUS, 19721

1972n. No title. Bendigo Nat. 5(2): 29, illust.

Coleoptera: Phoracantha recurva.

19720. Dung beetles on the move. Victorian Nat. 89(11): 308-31],

illust.

Reprinted from Rur. Res. C.S.I.R.O. 75: 2-6. See ANONYMOUS, 19i.

1972p. Oilseed sunflowers. Insect pests. Agric. gaz. N.S.W. 83(5):

265-266, illust.

Hemiptera: Nysius vinitor and Nezara viridula

Lepidoptera: Heliothis spp. and Cutworms

1972q. Sulphur and the Cattle Tick. Rur. Res. C.S.I.R.O. Aust. 77:21.

Boophilus microplus

1972r. Leaf-eating Ladybirds (Henosepilachna spp.). Third edition, |

Insect Pest Bulletin 8C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chem.

Res. Inst., Ento. Brch., Sydney. 2 pp., illustr.

1972s. Rice Weevil (Sitophilus oryzae). Third edition. Insect Pes |

Bulletin 64C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chem. Res. Ini.

Ento. Brch., Sydney. 2pp., illustr.

1972t. Argentine Ant (Iridomyrmex humilis). Third edition, In:

Pest Bulletin 111C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chem. Res

Inst, Ento. Brch. Sydney. 2pp., illustr.

1972u. Brown Olive Scale (Saisaetia oleae). Fourth edition. Insect Pes

Bulletin 126C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric, Bio. & Chem. Re.

Inst, Ento. Brch., Sydney. 2pp., illustr.

1972v. White Wax Scale (Gascardia destructor). Fourth edition, Ins

Pest Bulletin 4C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric, Bio. & Chem. Re.

Inst, Ento. Brch, Sydney. 2pp., illustr.

1972w. Codling Moth (Cydia pomonella). Fourth edition. Insect Pes

Bulletin 9C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chem. Res. In,

Ento. Brch, Sydney. 2pp., illustr.

1972x. San José Scale (Quadraspidiotus perniciosus). Fourth edition

Insect Pest Bulletin 27C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chen

Res. Inst., Sydney. 2pp., illustr.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 93

1972y. Tomato Stem Borer. Third edition. Insect Pest Bulletin 41.

N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chem. Res. Inst, Ento. Brch,

Sydney, 3pp., illust.

1972z. Thrips (Thysanoptera). Sixth edition. Insect Pest Bulletin 45.

N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chem. Res. Inst, Ento. Brch,

Sydney. 7 pp., illustr.

1972aa. Native Budworm outbreak. J. Agric. West. Aust. (4)13(4):

121-122, illustr.

Lepidoptera: Heliothis punctigera

1972ab. Furniture Beetle (Anobium punctatum). Second edition. In-

sect Pest Bulletin 21C. N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Bio. & Chem.

Res. Inst., Ento. Brch., Sydney. 2pp., illustr.

1973. Candalides consimilis goodingi. Victorian Ent. 3( 1b) is ¥/3

1973a. Excursion to Brisbane Ranges. Victorian Ent. 3(2) :13-14.

1973b. Mt. Baw Baw, March 4, 1973. Victorian Ent. 3(2): 14-15.

Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea species

1973c. Bushflies retreat? Wildlife, Aust. 10(1): 38-39, illustr.

1973d. A note from the north. Victorian Ent. 3(2): 15.

Lepidoptera: Plhaedyma shepherdi latifasciata

1973e. Miscellaneous butterfly records. (Containing “Migratory butter-

flies in Victoria" with an extract from a letter by M. Schwarz

and "Butterflies sighted in the Sunset Country, Easter 1973"

from records by Charles McCubbin). Victorian Ent. 3(3): 8.

1973f. Colourful Fiddler Beetle. Aust. nat. Hist. 17(10). 321. [Photo

by Anthony Healy].

Coleoptera: Eupoecila australasiae illustr. and popular notes.

1973g. Handsome caterpillar. Aust. nat. Hist. 17(10): 346. [Photo

by Anthony Healy].

Lepidoptera: Agarista agricola illustr. and popular notes.

1973h. The pumpkin beetle (Aulacophora hilaris). Insect Pest Bull.

12. Fourth edition. 8vo. N.S.W. Dept. Agric., Ento. Brch. Pp.

1-3, illustr.

1973i. Sent in for identification. Bendigo Nat. 6(2): 23, ilustr.

Coleoptera: Homeadytes scutellaris

1973j. (No title). Photograph with caption. Aust. nat. Hist. 17(11):

369.

Arachnida: Pholcus phalangioides

1973k. (No title). Photograph with caption. Aust. nat. Hist. 17(11):

photograph back cover, caption inside front cover.

Lepidoptera: Danaus plexippus

ATKINS, A. F.

1973. A new genus Proeidosa for an Australian skipper, Pasma

polysema (Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae, Trapezitinae).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4): 253-260, text-figs 1-26.

ATIIA, F. I.

1973. Alophora lepidofera (Diptera: Tachinidae) a native parasite

of the rutherglen bug, Nysius vinitor and the grey cluster bug,

Nysius clevelandensis (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) in Australia.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4): 353-354, 1 table.

94 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

BERNAYS, E. A. and CHAPMAN, R. F.

1973. Changes in the coloration of Atractomorpha similis I. Bolivar

(Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4): 41-43,

table I, text-figs 1 & 2.

BESS, Henry A.

1972. Lepidopterous stem borers in different rice growing area.

Mushi 46(6): 65-80.

Lepidoptera: Tryporyza innotata

Bathytricha truncata

BINNINGTON, K. C.

1972. Distribution and morphology of probable photoreceptors in

eight species of ticks (Ixodoidea). Z. Parasitkde 40(4): 321-

382:

BLAND, G. W.

1973. See TIMMS, B. V. and BLAND, G. W., 1973.

BOER, Janny Alida de

See de BOER, Janny Alida.

BRAY, R. A.

1973. Characteristics of some bees of the family Megachilidae in

southeast Queensland and their potential as lucerne pollinators.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 99-102.

BRITTON, E. B.

1973. Pseudeba watsoni sp. n. (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae: Ulominz),

from the food stores of harvester termites. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

12(3): 230-232, text-figs 1 & 2, 1 plate.

CALABY, J. H. and KEY, K. H. L.

1973. Rediscovery of the spectacular Australian grasshopper Petasida

ephippigera White (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae). J. Aust. eit.

Soc. 12(3): 161-164.

CHAPMAN, R. F.

1973. See BERNAYS, E. A. and CHAPMAN, R. F., 1973.

COMMON, I. F. B.

1973a. A new species of Tracholena (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae) at-

tacking klinkii pine in Papua New Guinea, with a description

of the larva and pupa of T. homopolia from Australi.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4): 301-306, text-figs 1-9, pl. I.

DAHMS, Edward

1973. The courtship behaviour of Melittobia australica Girault, p 1

(Hymenoptera: Eulophidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 16(3): 411-44,

pl.

DANIELS, Greg

1973. A new food plant for Hypochrysops ignita (Leach) (Lepid .

ptera: Lycaenidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4): 40.

de BOER, Janny Alida

1973. See WILLIAMS, D. J. and de BOER, J. A., 1973.

DOMROW, Robert

1973b. New records and species of Laelaps and allied genera fron

Australasia (Acari: Dermanyssidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW. '

98(2): 62-85, text-figs 1-60, pl. II.

1974. See FAIN, A. and DOMROW, R., 1974.

]

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 95

EDMONDS, J. W.

1973. See SHEPHERD, R. C. H. and EDMONDS, J. W., 1973.

EDWARDS, B. A. B. and HODGSON, P. J.

1973. The toxicity of commonly used orchard chemicals to Stethorus

nigripes (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(3):

222-224, 1 table.

EDWARDS, J. S.

1973. Insect fallout on snow in the Snowy Mountains, New South

Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5): 57-59.

EVANS, Howard E.

1973. Observations of the nests and prey of Sphodrotes nemoralis

sp. n. (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4):

311-314, text-figs 1-6. i

EVANS, J. W.

1973a. The maxillary plate of Homoptera — Auchenorrhyncha. J. Ent.

(A)48(1): 43-47, figs 1-15.

A number of Australian species mentioned and illustrated.

FAIN, Alex

1972. Les listrophoridés d'Australie et de Nouvelle-Guinée. Bull.

Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg. 48(5): 1-196.

FAIN, Alex and DOMROW, Robert

1974. Two new paarsitic mites (Acari: Sarcoptidae and Atopomelidae )

from Tasmanian marsupials. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 98(3):

122-130, text-figs 1-33.

FOSTER, G. G.

1973. See WHITTEN, M. J., FOSTER, G. G. and KITCHING, R. L.,

1973.

FRANZMANN, B. A.

1973. Food consumption of larvae of the common aryworm (Pseuda-

letia convecta (Walk.) ). Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 30(2):

157-159, text-fig. 1.

GOODDEN, Robert

1973. All colour book of butterflies. 4to. Octopus Books, London.

Pp. 1-73, illustr.

Several Australian species illustrated and discussed.

GOODYER, G. J.

1973. Insect pests of soybeans. Insect Pest Bull. 148. N.S.W. Dept.

Agric., Ent. Brch. 4to. Pp. 1-4, illustr.

Reprinted drom Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 83(6): 342-344. See GOODYER,

GRAY, M. R.

1973. Cavernicolous spiders from the Nullarbor Plain and south-west

Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(3): 207-221, tables 1 & 2,

text-figs 1-13, plate I.

GREAVES, T.

1973. Biological problems in the control of the meat ant, Iridomyrmex

purpureus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

12(4): 284-288.

96 Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

GREENING, H. G.

1973. Grain insects in farm machinery and storages. Agric, Gaz

N.S.W. 84(4): 216-219, illustr.

Coleoptera species.

GUIGLIA, Delfa |

1973. Geographic distribution of the genus Guiglia Benson (Hymen |

ptera: Orussidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(3): 239. |

HEALY, Anthony

1973. See ANONYMOUS, 1973f.

1973a. See ANONYMOUS, 1973g.

HODGSON, P. J.

1973. See EDWARDS, B. A. B. and HODGSON, P. J., 1973.

HOGAN, T. W.

1973. The integrated process as it affects entomology. J. Aust. ent

Soc. 12(4): 241-247.

Mentions a number of insects, but in particular: Hemiptera: Aonidiella

aurantii citrus red scale. Apple pests (several species). Orthop: -

Gryllidae: Teleogryllus commodus

HOLLOWAY, J. D. |

1973. The affinities within four butterfly groups (Lepidoptera: Rho- |

locera) in relation to general patterns of butterfly distribution

in the Indo-Australian area. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 125

125-176, text-figs 1-23.

Specifically from Australia Eurema species only mentioned.

HUTCHINSON, J. F.

1973. Excursion to the Brisbane Ranges II (Dragonflies). Victorio

Ent. 3(3): 7-8.

IRONSIDE, D. A. i

1973. Insect pests of Macadamia. Qd Agric. J. 99(5): 241-280,

illustr.

KEHAT, M. and WYNDHAM, M. |

1973. Flight activity and displacement in the Rutherglen Bug Nysu |

vinitor (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 21(3): 4

426, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-9.

1973a. The relation between food, age, and flight in the Ruthergis

Bug, Nysius vinitor (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). Aust. J. Zo.

21(3): 427-434, tables 1-4, text-fig. 1. |

KERR, J. F. R.

1973. See SANDS, D. P. A. and KERR, J. F. R., 1973.

KEY, K. H. L.

1973a. See CALABY, J. H. and KEY, K. H. L., 1973.

KITCHING, R. L.

1973. See WHITTEN, M. J., FOSTER, G. G. and KITCHING ,

«BASIS 91978 |

LLOYD, N. C. |

1973. Plague thrips a pest of apples. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89;

249-251, illustr. |

McCUBBIN, Charles

1973. See ANONYMOUS, 1973e. !

{

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 97

MENKE, Arnold S. and MICHENER, Charles D.

1973. Sericogaster Westwood, a senior synonym of Holohesma

Michener (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Colletidae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 12(3): 173-174.

MICHENER, Charles D.

1973. See MENKE, A. S. and MICHENER, C. D., 1973.

MOORE, B. P.

1973. Larvae of Zenithicola crassus (Newman) (Coleoptera: Cleridae)

feeding on termites. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4): 48-50, text-figs 1,

2a-2c.

MOULDS, M. S.

1973. The butterflies of Springsure, central highlands, Queensland.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5): 67-70, illustr.

NEW, T. R.

1973. New species and records of Peripsocus Hagen (Psocoptera,

Peripsocidae) from south east Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

12(4): 340-346, text-figs 1-16.

1973a. Two new Victorian species of Ectopsocus McLachlan (Psoco-

ptera, Ectopsocidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4): 347-351,

text-figs 1-12.

PAPAVERO, N.

1973. Studies of Asilidae (Diptera) systematics and evolution. I.

A preliminary classification in subfamilies. Arquivos de Zoologia

23(3): 217-274, text-figs 1-3.

1973a. Studies of Asilidae (Diptera) systematics and evolution. I.

The tribes of Dasypogoninae. Arquivos de Zoologia 23(4):

275-294, text-figs 1-3.

PASSLOW, T. and ROSSITER, P. D.

1973. Insecticides for the protection of stored potatoes. Qd J. Agric.

anim. Sci. 30(2): 151-155, tables 1 & 2.

PITKIN, Brian R.

1973. A revision of the Australian Haplothripini, with descriptions

of three new species (Thysanoptera: Phaeothripidae). J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 12(4): 315-339, text-figs 1-43.

PONT, Adrian C.

1973. Studies on Australian Muscidae (Diptera) V. Muscidae and

Anthomyiidae from Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(3): 175-194, table 1, text-figs 1-18.

1973a. Studies on Australian Muscidae (Diptera). IV. A revision of

the subfamilies Muscinae and Stomoxyinae. Aust. J. Zool.

Suppl. 21: 129-296, text-figs 1-171.

RAND, J. R.

1973. A turbulent overflow process for extracting weevil larvae

(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) from large soil samples. J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 12(3): 225-229, 1 table, 1 text-fig.

The following weevils are specifically mentioned:

Graphognathus leucoloma

kikuyu weevil

" Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

RICHARDS, O. W.

1973. The Sphaeroceridae (= Borboridae or Cypselidae; Diptera

Cyclorrhapha) of the Australian region. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl.

22: 297-401, text-figs 1-93.

RIEK, E. F.

1973a. Rhipiphorid beetles of the subfamily Nephritinae (Coleoptera:

Rhipiphoridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4): 261-276, pls LY.

1973b. The genera of Austraian Austroperlidae (Insecta: Plecoptera),

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4): 289-295, text-figs 1-11.

RIDE, W. D. L. and TAYLOR, R. W.

1973. Formica maxima Moore, 1842 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): pro

posed suppression under the plenary powers in accordance with

article 23(a-b). Z.N.(S.)2023. Bull. zool. Nomencl. 30(1):

58-59.

ROSE, A. Barclay |

1973. Food of some Australian birds. Emu 73(4): 177-183, tables

I & II.

Many insects and arachnids mentioned.

ROSEN, David

1973. Notes on eight Australian species of Microterys (Hymenoptera: —

Encyrtidae) described by A. A. Girault. J. Aust. ent. Soc. |

12(4): 248-252.

ROSSITER, P. D.

1973. See PASSLOW, T. and ROSSITER, P. D. 1973.

SANDS, D. P. A. and KERR, J. F. R.

1973. A new species of Hesperilla (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) wih |

a redescription of H. sexguttata (Herrich-Schaffer). J. Au.

ent. Soc. 12(4): 277-283, text-figs 1-4, pl. I.

SANKOWSKY, Garry |

1973a. A. garden full of butterflies. Wildlife Aust. 10(3): 104-106,

illustr.

Popular notes suggesting methods for attracting butterflies to garden

SCHWARZ, M.

1973. See ANONYMOUS, 1973e.

SHEPHERD, Rosamond C. H. and EDMONDS, J. W.

1973. Observations of ectoparasites of the wild rabbit Oryctolagis

cuniculus (L.) in the Werribee district of Victoria. J. Aust

ent. Soc. 12(3): 195-200, table 1, text-figs 1-4.

SHENEFELT, R. D.

1973a. Hymenopterorum Catalogus. Pars 10. Braconidae 6. Chelonnz. -

Pp. 813-936. :

SIBATANI, Atuhiro

1973. Taxonomic significance of reflective patterns in the compound

eye of live butterflies: a synthesis of observations made o

species from Japan, Taiwan, Papua New Guinea and Austr. ,

J. Lepid. Soc. 27(3): 161-175. |

SLATER, James A. ! |

1973. A contribution to the biology and taxonomy of Australia

Thaumastocoridae with the description of a new species (Henk |

ptera: Heteroptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 151-156, te

figs 1-7. |

—

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974 99

SMITHERS, C. N.

1973a. A note on natural enemies of Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepido-

ptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(4):

37-40, tables I & II.

1973b. A note on length of adult life of some Australian butterflies.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5): 62-66, tables I-III. .

1973c. New species and records of Australian Bittacidae (Mecoptera).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(4): 296-300, text-figs 1-11.

SMITHERS, C. N. and THORNTON, 1. W. B.

1973. The Psilopsocidae (Psocoptera) of New Guinea. Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. 98(2): 98-103, text-figs 1-13.

STONE, B. F., WILSON, J. T. and YOULTON, Nerida J.

1973. Inheritance of dimethoate resistance in the Mackay strain of

the cattle tick (Boophilus microplus) in Australia. Aust. J.

biol. Sci. 26(2): 445-451, 4 graphs.

TAYLOR, R. W.

1973a. See RIDE, W. D. L. and TAYLOR, R. W., 1973.

TEAKLE, R. E.

1973. A nuclear-polyhedrosis virus from Heliothis punctigera Wallen-

gren (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 30(2):

161-177, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-7.

1973a. A nuclear-polyhedrosis virus of the painted apple moth (Orgyia

anartoides (Walker) ). Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 30(2): 179-

190, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-4.

THOMPSON, F. Christian

1972. A contribution to a generic revision of the neotropical Milesinae

(Diptera: Syrphidae). Arquivos de Zoologia 23(2): 73-215,

diags, maps, tables.

Refers to Australian region.

THORNTON, I. W. B.

1973. See SMITHERS, C. N. and THORNTON, I. W. B., 1973.

TIMMS, B. V.

1973. A limnological survey of the freshwater coastal lakes of east

Gippsland, Victoria. Aust. J. mar. Freshwat.- Res. 24: 1-20.

Mentions species from the following orders:

Ephemeroptera Diptera

Odonata Trichoptera

Hemiptera ; Lepidoptera

Coleoptera

TIMMS, B. V. and BLAND, G. W.

1973. A limnological survey of the basin lakes, Nalangil, western

Victoria, Australia. Aust. Soc. Limnol. Bull. 5: 32-40.

Mentions distribution and abundance in two saline lakes of:-

Diptera: Tanytarsus barbitarsus

Ceratopogonidae ? sp.

TREMONT, Steven

1973. A further Sydney record of the Evening Brown butterfly

Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(5): 59.

ie Aust. ent. Mag. 1(6), April, 1974

TWEEDIE, Michael

1973. All colour book of insects. 4to. Octopus Books, London, Pp,

1-72, illustr. col.

A popular book which illustrated and briefly mentions only a fey

Australian Lepidoptera.

WALTER, Sue

1973. Butterfly species from Pittsworth, Q. Victorian Ent. 3(3):

9-10.

For an additional record see ANONYMOUS, 1973d.

WATSON, J. A. L.

1973. A further species of the termitophilous aleocharine, Drepo.

noxenus (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(3):

233-235, text-figs 1-3.

1973a. Austrospirachtha mimetes, a new termitophilous corotocine

from northern Australia (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 12(4): 307-310, text-figs 1-11.

WHITTEN, M. J., FOSTER, G. G. and KITCHING, R. L.

1973. The incorporation of laboratory-reared genetic material into a

field population of the Australian sheep blowfly. Lucilia cuprina

(Diptera: Callinhoridea) Can. Ent. 105(6):893-901, tabes I-V,

text-fig. 1.

WILLARD, J. R.

1973. Wandering time of the crawlers of California Red Sl,

Aonidiella aurantii (Mask.) (Homoptera: Diaspididae), on

citrus. Aust. J. Zool. 21(2): 217-229, 7 tables, 3 text-ig.

WILLIAMS, D. J.

1973. Scale insects (Homoptera: Coccidea) on Macadamia. J. Awt. |

ent. Soc. 12(2): 81-91, text-figs 1-4.

WILLIAMS, D. J. and de BOER, Janny Alida

1973. The taxonomy of some New Zealand Pseudococcidae (Home

ptera: Coccoidea). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 125(2): 22-

252, text-figs 1-9.

Homoptera: Ripersiella rumicis. Material examined from Adelaide

Australia. |

WILLIAMS, R. T.

1973. Establishment and seasonal variation in abundance of the

European rabbit flea, Spilipsyllus cuniculi (Dale), on wil

rabbits in Australia. J. Ent. (A)48(1): 117-127, figs 1

table 1.

WILSON, J. T.

1973a. See STONE, B. F., WILSON, J. T. and YOULTON, NL

1973.

WYNDHAM, M. L.

1973. See KEHAT, M. and WYNDHAM, M., 1973.

1973a. See KEHAT, M. and WYNDHAM, M., 1973a.

YOULTON, Nerida J. |

1973. See STONE, B. F., WILSON, J. T. and Y OULTON, N. l,

1973. |

YOUNG, David |

1973. Sound production in cicadas. Aust. nat. Hist, 17(11): 3% |

380, illustr.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED for research project. Specimens, or the loan of specimens,

of “click beetles" belonging to the genus Anilicus (Coleoptera:

Elateridae). These beetles are black and orange, the basal half

to three-quarters of the elytra being orange. Project to involve plant

associations, taxonomy and distribution of the genus. Penny Gullan,

Dept. of Zoology & Comparative Physiology, Monash University,

Clayton, Vic., 3168.

WANTED. Coleoptera from the Australian region, larger than 1 cm,

especially Lucanidae and Buprestidae. B. Hanich, 16 Persus Court,

Rockingham Park, W.A. 6168.

WANTED: Caddis-flies (Trichoptera) adults and larvae from Australian

localities, preserved in 75% alcohol. A. Neboiss, National Museum

of Victoria, 285 Russell St., Melbourne, Vic., 3000.

Ramerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR PRIVATE AND RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it

extends for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased

if ordered in advance.

Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers

to the journal.

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

+ double spaced and in duplicate. `

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper considered

unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

ATKINS, A. F. Observations on the response of Queensland danaid i

butterflies to selective attractants ........... ee

BUNGAY, P. N. Butterflies of the Wagga Wagga district, N.S.W.

McALPINE, D. K. Some field observations on Nott E :

Nothybidae) Etudes. eset fuum

NEBOISS, A. Two new species of the genus Stenopsychodes Ulmer ~

(Stenopsychidae: Trichoptera) O

PETERS, J. V. New butterfly records from central Australia ..

SMITHERS, C. N. Lachesilla tectorum Badonnel al |

Lachesillidae) from Queensland . 5. n ED.

RECENT LITERATURE .......eeee eee E

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES laai inside back covet |

a Buie erflies

of the V Vori

BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD

by H. L. Lewis

208 coloured plates

illustrates over 5,500 butterflies

This important book is to be published in June, 1974. It provides i

the first time in one volume, an almost complete conspectus "

the world's recorded species. All the genera and most of the specie

are illustrated in colour. As a work of reference it should prove í

great value to all. E

Prepublication Price $25.00 Post Free (Aust. only —

Standard Price $27.50 i]

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 KIWONG ST, YOWIE BAY, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524-481

Agency: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Sydney) 439%

Surrey BEaTTY & SONS, PRINTERS L 451

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Aust, ent. Mag.

VOLUME 2, PART 1

AUGUST, 1974

Australian Entomological Magazine is a journal concerned with

entomology in the Australian Region and is designed for both

amateur and professional entomologists. It will be published

four times annually, though not necessarily at regular intervals, Si

parts will comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be sent to;

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$4.00 per annum Aust. & Terr, & New Zealand.

A$5.00 (US$7.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$5.00 (US$7.50) per annum

COVER

Ilustrated by Sybil Monteith.

Figures the damselfly Diphlebia nymphoides Tillyard (Odonata:

Zygoptera). This large and magnificent blue and black species

frequents clear streams from southern Queensland to Victora. Ti

species is noted for its remarkable colour changes which depen

directly on temperature. During cold weather its vivid blue coloratio

dulls to grey.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W. 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

SURREY BEATTY & SONS

Rickard Road, Chipping Norton,

N.S.W., 2170

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 2, Part 1 "eAugust, 1974

By C. N. Smitlie

The Australian Museum,

Introduction

A recent paper (Riek, 1973) has permitted reidentification of

scorpionfly material of the family Choristidae in the collections of the

Australian Museum. Amongst this are specimens from unrecorded

localities and localities representing extensions of known range. The

more important of these are listed below to bring the records up to

date and encourage collection of these interesting insects.

Chorista australis Klug

NEW SOUTH WALES. 392, Moonbar, 3-3500 ft., iii.1889 (Helms);

29, Jindabyne, 3000 ft, iii:1889 (Helms); 12,19, Wilson's Valley,

Mt. Kosciusko, 4500 ft, ii.1962 (F. Evans); 24, Sawpit Ck. and

Wilson,s Valley, 15-16.1.1963, 13, Hampton, 23.iv.1970; 33, Mt.

York, 21.1.1964 (D. K. McAlpine); 1 $, Boyd River crossing, Kanangra

Rd, 271.1971; 18, 19, Warrumbungles, 20-22.iii.1973 (A. & G.

Daniels); 19, Warrumbungles, 27.iii.1971 (D. K. McAlpine). The

Warrumbungles records extend the known range of this species north-

wards by more than 350 km.

Taeniochorista similis Riek

NEW SOUTH WALES. 74, 39, Wrights Lookout, New England

National Park, 1.iv.1961; 19, Point Lookout, near Ebor, 5000 ft.,

3lii961 (D. K. McAlpine). These are the first records of this

species from New England National Park, from which Taeniochorista

nigrita Riek has also been recorded (Riek, 1973).

Taeniochorista pallida Esben-Petersen

NEW SOUTH WALES. 19, Moonpar State Forest, near Dorrigo,

28.iv.1960 (D. K. McAlpine). Most records for this species are from

Queensland but it has been recorded as far south as Sydney with a few

other coastal and New England records.

Reference

Riek, E. F., 1973. A revision of Australian scorpionflies of the family Choristidae

(Mecoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12: 103-112, 9 figs.

2 Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), Augus, 19) <

PSOCOPTERA FROM NESTS OF THE COLONIAL SPIDER JXEUTICUS —

CANDIDUS (KOCH) (DICTYNIDAE) IN WESTERN VICTORIA

By T. R. New

Dept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic., 3083

Abstract

Psocoptera frequenting nests of Ixeuticus candidus collected in Augus

1973 are listed and discussed. A new species of Pachytroctidae, Tapinell

candida sp.n. is described and illustrated.

Introduction

Colonial webs of the widely-distributed Dictynid spider Ixeuticy

candidus (Koch) (for synonymy see Main, 1971) are conspicuous objects

in trees in western Victoria, and range in size from a few cm to mo

than 30 cm in diameter. During a survey of the composition and in-

habitants of these webs, all arthropods found within the web area o -

a series of some 60 colonies were enumerated. These colonies wee

collected around Sheep Hills and to the south and west of Lake Hint —

marsh on 22nd August 1973, and were transported to the laboratory in |

individual polythene bags. Each was then examined directly by separating >

into small pieces over a tray, and was subsequently treated in a Tula ©

funnel. Samples of unwebbed foliage from the nest-trees were similarly

treated. A full account of the arthropod associations found will b

published elsewhere. The purpose of this note is to describe an unusu! |i

new species of Pachytroctidae found abundantly in some colonies. Not |

on the other Psocoptera found are also given.

Tapinella candida sp.n.

FEMALE. Coloration (in alcohol). Macropterous form; greyish brow.

Head very dark, almost black. Eyes black. Abdomen pale greyish brom

except for darker genital segments. Antennae, maxillary palpi and ks

pale. Fore-wing an even pale grey, except for paler area in cell 0u.

Hindwing paler. Apterous form: similar, but overall rather paler.

Morphology. Three large ocelli in macropterous form, absent in apterous -

form. Lacinial apex as in fig. 3. Forewing (fig. 1) with Sc; and Ri

arising from a common peduncle; radial fork basal to medial fork;

areola postica long, with Cu,, tapering gradually towards wing mast.

Hindwing (fig. 2) very broad, with R, partially present and forming 2

small, partially evanescent, basal cell. Claws symmetrical. Subgenital |

plate (fig. 4) emarginate medially; T-sclerite with short thickened base, |

posterior arms short, tapering and curved. Gonapophyses (fig. 5) wù

dorsal and ventral valves long and bluntly-rounded at apex; external

valve broad, rounded and with a sclerotised bar. Epiproct (fg 0 3

triangular, with numerous setae. Paraproct (fig. 6) without trichobothria, | |

but a single strong setae in a defined basal field and a group of 4 or?

strong setae beyond this; short marginal setae.

Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974 3

FIGS 1-9. Tapinella candida sp.n. (1-6, 9; 7-9, 8). 1. forewing; 2. hindwing;

3. apex of lacinia; 4. subgenital plate; 5. gonapophyses; 6. epiproct

and paraproct; 7. hypandrium; 8. phallasome; 9. epiproct. (Scales in

mm; 4, 7, 8 to same scale; 6,9 to same scale; 3 unscaled).

4 3 Aust. ent. Mag. 201), August, 1974 |

Dimensions (mm). Body length (B) 1.10-1.25; forewing length (FW) -

1.29; hindwing length (HW) 1.10; flagellar segment lengths (fify)

0.076, 0.072, 0.057, 0.057, 0.046, 0.049, 0.049, 0.043, 0.04, .

0.042, 0.038, 0.038, 0.053; f,/fZ 1.053; hind femur length (F) 0.315; ,

hind tibia length (T) 0.435; hind tarsal segment lengths (t-t;) t 0.163,

t; 0.049, t; 0.061; tı/tə 3.308; tz/ts 0.184.

MALE (apterous). Colouration as apterous female.

Morphology. Hypandrium (fig. 7) rounded, with extensive sclerotss |

area deeply divided anteriorly. Phallosome (fig. 8) complex; broad basally

with slight anterolateral extensions; strong posterolateral hooks, a broad

transverse posterior sclerite and narrow internal posterior arms. Epiproct

(fig. 9) triangular; border of ninth tergite not produced.

Dimensions. B 1.10; f; 0.072; f» 0.070; fı/fə 1.030; F 0.310; T 0.45;

t4 0.160; tə 0.052; t; 0.058; t;/t» 3.077; tə/t 0.897. |

HOLOTYPE. Macropterous ?, AUSTRALIA, VICTORIA, southern sit: |

of Lake Hindmarsh, from old nest of Ixeuticus candidus on Aci

pycnantha 22. viii. 1973, T. R. New, A. L. Yen and J. D. Blyth

PARATYPES. 54 4, 14 macropterous 9 9, 6 apterous ? 2, same locality,

date, and collectors, from nests on A. pycnantha, A. botrycephala, |

Eucalyptus largiflorens and Casuarina luehmannii. Holotype and tht:

paratypes of each sex and morph to be deposited in the Australian

Museum, Sydney.

Comments

This, apparently the first species of Tapinella Enderlein to & |

recorded from Australia, is placed in this genus on possessing a T-sclert

jn the subgenital plate, although the hindwing venation suggests sot -

affinity with Pachytroctes Enderlein. Both genera are widely distribui -

in the warmer areas of the world and their characters appear to it -

grade in some described species. Within Tapinella, candida is rexlj |

separable on colouration from such species as castanea Pearman (Afr), |

pictipenna Thornton, Lee and Chui (Micronesia), francesca Thornton

and Woo (Galapagos) and madagascariensis Badonnel (Madagascar), s —

well as in genitalic characters from those of the above species Wi |

have been fully described. It differs from T. curvata Badonnd (Africa) |

in the form of the male epiproct and in the phallosome bearing antt

lateral expansions, and the shape of the subgenital plate and T-sclente |

differentiate it from T. squamosa Badonnel (Africa). In colounto, -

candida is apparently most similar to T. formosana Enderlein (As |

Pacific region), but the venation differs considerably. Indeed, the jo -

peduncle to Sc» and R, in the forewing is itself unusual in the gels |

and the forewing venation most resembles that of a Madagascan scm |

of Pachytroctes enigmaticus Badonnel figured by Badonnel (1967). The

latter species, however, lacks the T-sclerite in the subgenital pi |

and is clearly excluded from Tapinella. |

Aust, ent, Mag. 2(1), August, 1974 5

Notes on other Psocoptera

The Psocoptera extracted from the spider colonies are listed in

Table 1; in all, 28 separate colonies yielded 733 psocids representing

10 species. Several of these are clearly not closely associated with spider

nests. Thus the Caecilius nymph is of a species (undescribed) common

on living foliage in many parts of Victoria, and Peripsocus maoricus

(Tillyard) is typically a bark-frequenting psocid. Both were found also

on foliage samples from the nest-trees. The single Aaroniella represents

a species not known elsewhere, but its description is deferred until a

fuller treatment of the family is possible. The widely-distributed Ectopsocus

briggsi McLachlan has been recorded from such habitats as squirrel

drays and bird nests in Europe, and is more commonly associated with

dead foliage. E. spiculatus New was amongst the most abundant psocids

found, and no clear habitat data have previously been available for this

species. It was confined to larger old nests, which incorporated amounts of

dead foliage and debris. The type series was predominantly from suction

trap samples (New, 1973), indicating that the species may disperse

actively and exploit such temporary situations as old nests. In this

respect it may resemble the cosmopolitan species Lachesilla pedicularia

(L); although the latter occurs in Victoria, it is by no means common,

and may be partially replaced by E. spiculatus. Most adults of spiculatus

were very strongly brachypterous, the forewings being reduced to small

lobes, and brachypterous offspring are often produced by L. pedicularia

following colonisation by winged forms. T. candida appears to be

ecologically similar to E. spiculatus. The two species were found together

in seven old colonies, and may both prove to be opportunistic colonisers.

Liposcelis were also found in four of these colonies. Three species are

represented, two close to subfuscus Broadhead and the third similar to

TABLE I

PSOCOPTERA COLLECTED FROM COLONIAL WEBS OF IXEUTICUS

CANDIDUS FROM WESTERN VICTORIA, AUGUST, 1973

Number No nests Tree Sex ratio

Species Total Adults present species* (8:9)

Trogiidae

Lepinotus patruelis. Pearman 3 3 1 G 0:3

Liposcelidae

Liposcelis (3 spp.) 111 43 7 C,D,E,F 2:41

Pachytroctidae

Tapinella candida sp.n. 302 26 11 A,C,D,F SIAI

Caeciliidae

Caecilius sp. 1 0 1 A

Ectopsocidae

Ectospsocus briggsi McLachlan 37 4 5 B,D,F 0:4

E. spiculatus New 255 37 9 B,D,F 0:37

Peripsocidae

Peripsocus maoricus (Tillyard) 3 23 3 A 0:2

Philotarsidae

Aaroniella sp. 1 1 1 A 0:1

Bo Ee ARIS hoo £90. Jc Me Le AMEN IRAM Lal am

* A, Casuarina luehmannii R. T. Baker D, A. botrycephala (Vent.) Desf.

B, Acacia trineura F. Muell. E, A. brachybotrya Benth. in Hook. :

C, A. pycnantha Benth. in Hook. F, Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell.

6 Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1971

liparus Broadhead, both of which have been found in birds nests i }

Europe (Wlodarczyk & Martini, 1969). Lepinotus occurs in a wi -

range of domestic and litter situations.

Many of the older nests contained several hundred arthropod, |

including large numbers of thrips, mites, Anthocoridae, lxeuticus an

Clubionid spiders. It is possible that these latter may utilise psocids a;

constituent of their prey, but further work is necessary to conim |

this. In general, few psocids were found in younger colonies, an

the most abundant species were not found elsewhere on the trees, Th: |

high proportion of juveniles is itself evidence of successful exploitation |

of this unusual habitat. |

Acknowledgement

I am grateful to Messrs J. D. Blyth and A. L. Yen for their co-

operation in collecting and sorting the Ixeuticus colonies.

References

Badonnel, A., 1967. Faune de Madagascar. XXIII. Psocoptéres, 236 pp. Pats, |

Main, B. Y., 1971. The common ‘colonial’ spider ZIxeuticus candidus (Kod)

and its synonyms (Dictynidae: Araneae). J.R. Soc. West. Aust. 54: 119-12), |

New, T. R., 1973. Two new Victorian species of Ectopsocus McLachlan (Psocopten,

Ectopsocidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12: 347-351. ;

Wlodarczyk, J. and Martini, J., 1969. (An attempt at analysis of the occupation |

of birds nests by Psocoptera). Ekol. Polsk. B. 15: 223-336 (in Poi, |

English summary). |

A NATIVE FOOD PLANT OF PAPILIO CANOPUS CANOPUS WESTWOO)

(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)

By M. C. Hall

Commonwealth Health Laboratory, Darwin, N.T. 5790

Common and Waterhouse (1972) state that the native food plan

of P. canopus canopus have not been recorded. The life history hs |

been described from cultivated Citrus (Rutaceae) at Kununurra on |

Ord River and at Darwin. |

In November 1973, I observed a specimen of P. canopus oviposiit

on the leaves of Micromelum minutum (Rutaceae), a small tree comm |

within rain forest areas around Darwin. During November and Decent

1973, I collected many ova and larvae on M. minutum which were bel |

through to adult Papilio canopus canopus.

Dr I. F. B. Common (pers. comm.) has also taken lar d|

P. canopus on M. minutum in rain forest at East Point, Darwin i |

November 1972.

The ova are laid singly, usually on the leaves (either side) al |

occasionally on the stems. They are spherical, smooth and very pik ,

yellow, hatching within one week. On small trees of M. minutum km.

cause extensive damage. : |

Acknowledgement :

Thanks are extended to Madeleine Parker, Scientific Services, Bot |

Section, Darwin for identification of the food plant. N

Reference

-Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia Ang |

& Robertson, Sydney. 4to. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr.

Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974 ; 7

REDISCOVERY AND FURTHER DESCRIPTION OF THE BEE LEIOPROCTUS

|... (NOTOCOLLETES) HETERODOXUS (COCKERELL)

(HYMENOPTERA: COLLETINAE)

By Terry F. Houston

Unit 4, 18 Broad Street, Marsden, S. Aust. 5070

Abstract

Specimens of both sexes of the bee, Leioproctus (Notocolletes)

heterodoxus (Cockerell), formerly known only from the unique male

holotype, were collected near Lakes Albert and Alexandrina in South

Australia. A description of the female and figures of the male terminalia

are provided.

Introduction

The species here concerned was described by Cockerell (1916)

from a single male specimen in the British Museum (Natural History),

London. The specimen was labelled *Gawter D. S. Austr.” which

Cockerell interpreted as meaning that it had come from the Gawler Ranges,

S. Aust.

A new genus, Notocolletes, erected by Cockerell to contain the

species, was distinguished by the venation (only two cubital cells in

fore wing), the dull, finely sculptured integument, the slender body form

and long appendages, and the modifications of the tarsi, the hind basitarsi

being extraordinarily attenuated and curved. Michener (1965) reduced

Notocolletes to a subgenus of Leioproctus Smith and remarked on its

similarity to the subgenus Euryglossidia Cockerell.

On September 16, 1973, both sexes of the bee were collected as

they visited flowers of Cape Dandelion (Cryptostemma calendula) at

two localities in pasture country near Lakes Albert and Alexandrina

(approx. 80 km SE of Adelaide). Rediscovery of the species in this

area throws doubt on the type locality being the Gawler Ranges (approx.

450 km to the NW) where the rainfall is far lower and the vegetation

- quite different. I believe the type’s label was meant to convey “Gawler

District, S. Aust", Gawler being only about 110 km from the new

localities and having a more comparable rainfall and ecology.

Leioproctus (Notocolletes) heterodoxus (Cockerell)

Description of female

Body length about 9 mm; head broad; vertex slightly elevated;

compound eyes slightly converging below; facial foveae virtually absent;

frons with median carina failing to reach median ocellus; supraclypeal-

| interantennal area moderately protuberant; clypeus smooth, gently con-

vex; mandibles elongate, bidentate, almost as long as eyes; scapes slender,

extending beyond median ocellus; flagella moderately long, 1.2x as long

& eyes, the middle segments longer than broad; thorax and metasoma

no more slender than usual in Leioproctus; broad, round-tipped pygidial

plate largely hidden by dense preanal fimbria; legs unmodified; basitibial

plates large, fully defined and setose; inner hind tibial spurs coarsely

pectinate with 4-6 strong teeth; tarsal claws cleft.

Lower face weakly shining, lineolate with sparse pitting; firons

and vertex dull with extremely fine sculpturing; thorax as in male;

8 Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), Augus, 13 |

metasomal terga dull basally with strong extremely fine sculpturing, bu

weakly shining more apically. >

Head and thorax sparsely covered with long setae; metasoma wi |

only sparse setae dorsally and no hair bands; metasomal sterna eah

with a transverse band of erect, strongly plumose setae; pubescen:

generally buff becoming white below body. |

Face and thorax very weakly metallic green ventrolaterally; metasom |

distinctly metallic green; integument otherwise black. |

The female of L. heterodoxus agrees fully with the diagnosis o

Euryglossidia given by Michener (1965, pp. 66, 68). The male ags

with most features of Euryglossidia including the form of the termini; |

(Figs. 1-3) and differs significantly only in the modifications of the lg

and the swellings of its metasomal sterna.

FIGS 1-3. Leioproctus (Notocolletes) heterodoxus, dà. 1, genital capsule; £

8th sternum; 3, 7th sternum. All show dorsal view, r.h.s.; ventral Vie

|.h.s. |

Material examined

SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 74, 59, 11 km E of Narrung and 54, l’.

Pelican Point, Coorong, all collected on Cape Dendelion on 164x.1/7

by the author and deposited in the collections of the South Austria |

Museum, Adelaide, the British Museum (N.H.), London, and the a -

General Observations |

Hundreds of the bees were observed visiting flowers of Cape Dat |

lion, an introduced and particularly abundant weed in agricultural ats

of the state. The bees’ flight was rather slow. Males patrolled the fors |

frequently stopping for nectar, and occasional attempts at copulation ni ,

feeding females were observed. At one locality, a short distance int |

the edge of Lake Albert, several females were observed entering Ai

burrows in a flat bare area of dark, consolidated, loamy soil. The nst |

were not excavated.

Acknowledgements |

_ Lowe thanks to Dr. Elizabeth M. Exley, Department of Entomol,

University of Queensland, Brisbane, for verifying the identification o1

specimens by comparison with the holotype during a visit to the Bris

Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974 9

Museum. Mr. George Else of the Department of Entomology of the

latter institution also very kindly compared specimens for me.

References

Cockerell, T. D. A., 1916. Descriptions and records of bees. LXXIII. Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist. 8(18): 44-53.

Michener, C. D., 1965. A classification of the bees of the Australian and South

Pacific regions. Bull. Amer. Mus. nat. Hist. 130: 1-362.

THE REAPPEARANCE OF ANAPHAEIS JAVA PERISTHENE

(BOISDUVAL) (LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE) ON NORFOLK ISLAND

By C. N. Smithers and O. R. Evans

The Australian Museum and Norfolk Island

The appearance and disappearace of species on islands is an

interesting phenomenon. This note records the reappearance of the pierid

butterfly Anaphaeis java peristhene (Boisduval) on Norfolk Island after

an apparent absence of over seventy years.

Olliff (1888) recorded Pieris java Sparr. from Norfolk Island.

Hawkins (1943) listed 39 and 16 of Anaphaeis java peristhene in the

British Museum from the island and considered that the Olliff specimens

“could hardly be typical java". Olliff’s specimens have not been traced

and their identification cannot be confirmed. In reply to a request for

label data from the specimens examined by Hawkins, Mr. R. I. Vane-

Wright (in lit.) kindly provided the following information:

“Our old main collection of java peristhene does consist of 34 6

21019..." *.. . Hawkins more probably made a mistake in transcribing

rather than in actually recognising the sexes. I now note that we have

one further old specimen from Norfolk Island, a male in the Rothschild

Collection ex Distant Collection—it bears no further data. It is almost

certainly late 19th century in origin, . . . I doubt if any of our specimens

were caught during the present century".

Hawkins’ work was prompted in part by the acquisition of a sizeable

collection of insects of many orders made by Mrs. I. McComish on

Norfolk Island during 1939. Her material did not include specimens of

A. java peristhene although it did include the four common butterfly

species known from the island at that time. These are Papilio ilioneus

ilioneus Don., Cepora perimale perimale (Don.), Danaus plexippus (L.)

and Zizina otis labradus (Godart). The other eight species now known

are less common there (two having been recorded only once) or they

have been recorded for the first time since Hawkins’ paper was published.

These are Graphium macleayanum (Leach), Anaphaeis java peristhene

(Boisd.), Hypolimnas bolina (L.), Vanessa kershawi (McCoy), Vanessa

-itea (Fabr.), Precis villida calybe (Godart), Lampides boeticus (L.)

and Melanitis leda bankia (Fabr.). There seems to be no mention in

the literature of A. java from Norfolk Island between Olliff (1888) and

Hawkins (1943) and the latter refers only to 19th century specimens.

Had the species been present during 1939 Mrs McComish would certainly

have collected it. One of us (O.R.E.) has always been resident on the

iland and the other (C.N.S.) has made visits to the island each year

fom 1967-1971 (inclusive) covering various seasons of the year, but

10 i; i - Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 194

neither of us had encountered the species there up until that time, Also, |

there are several other residents on the island interested in its natural

history and none of them were familiar with the species. |

On 25th April, 1972, a specimen of Anaphaeis java peristhene ws

collected at Kingston (by O.R.E.). By the end of April they had increased

in numbers and during May and June there must have been thousands

on the island. Mr. E. A. Startin-Field (in lit., Norfolk Island, 30th May,

1972) wrote “. . . the only commonly seen species now is the capi

white which is in such numbers that six in sight at one time is qui;

usual”. The following observations have been made (by O.RE.. Th

adults fed at many flowers but especially from red poinsettias. T

numbers dropped with the advent of strong winds and heavy rain a

the end of June but a few specimens were present until August. Adi

were seen again on 26th November, several specimens being active near

one vine of Capparis nobilis; other vines in the area were not attended. -

This behaviour is very reminiscent of that of A. java teutonia (Fabricius) |

in Australia where females attract fluttering groups of males to the

food plants even as they emerge from the pupae. The young leaves of

the vine were seen eaten and caterpillars from 4.7 mm. to 285 mm -

were present.

A batch of over two hundred eggs was collected in the field on

29th November, 1972; these hatched on 2nd December. The fist |

larva pupated on 19th December (17 days after hatching) and the lat

on 25th December (23 days after hatching). The first sixteen adults

emerged on 29th December. These comprised the larva which pupiti |

on the 19th December (pupal period 10 days), five which pupated |

on 20th December (pupal period 9 days) and five which pupated o.

21st December (pupal period 8 days).

The last adult emerged on 5th January, 1973 (date of pupatio -

not separately recorded but would be 25th December at latest) (pup!

period at least 11 days). In all, 156 butterflies emerged (794, 119

on the following dates: |

29 xii 972 e EE 18 159 16

30.111972: ise ooh oe 364 259 61

311972 ee ete 324 329 64 |

1 i073. NN eee 64 39 9 |

Dai O73 mod cakes oe 18 29 reef

3. 11973 e LOREMS: EM Fe c".

1.1070 AR. rU d 28 = 2

Seid O73 0,1 aee 18

= 1

79 3. e 7S |

There was a very strong tendency for females to emerge eltt

in the day than males.

The pattern of abundance from April 1972 and into 1973 sues

a strong initial invasion followed by a decline at the onset of inda:

weather at the end of June; a breeding population had, nevertheless

been established and the species remains a re-established, breeding rz

on the island at present (12.11.1974). i

The most likely source area for the immigrant specimens is Nei i

Caledonia. A. j. peristhene is clearly a strong migrant at times (a5

Aus, ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974 n

A, j. teutonia (Fab.) in Australia) and a Lord Howe Island record of

Hawkins (1943) is probably the result of a strong migration but one

. which, in the absence of larval food plants on Lord Howe, could not

| result in establishment of the species there. A. j. teutonia has been

| recorded from Lord Howe Island in similar circumstances (Smithers,

1970). It is hoped to continue observations on Norfolk Island to see

|. how long the re-establishment lasts.

Norfolk Island material referred to in this paper is housed as follows:

28, Lathy/Godman Salvin Coll. 1896-12; 16, Moore Coll. 1907-190;

19, Crowley Bequest, 1901-78; 14, ex Distant Coll. Rothschild Bequest

1939-1. (The above specimens are in the British Museum. Years given

do not refer to dates of collection but to accession to the British Museum

(Natural History) collections). 114, 19 collected at various times during

1971 (by O.R.E.) (in the Australian Museum); 464, 362, bred from

larvae on Capparis nobilis emerged on 30.xii.-31.xii.1972 (reared O.R.E.).

(24, 29 in British Museum, 24, 29 in Australian National Insect

Collection, remainder in the Australian Museum).

Acknowledgements

We would like to thank Mr. R. I. Vane-Wright for examining

specimens in the British Museum (Natural History) on our behalf,

and for commenting on this note in draft form and Mr. E. A. Startin-

Field for his letter referring to A. j. peristhene on Norfolk Island.

References

| Hawkin, C. N., 1943. The insects of Norfolk Island, including a preliminary

| report on a recent collection. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. Lond. (11)9(60)':

865-902.

|. Ollif, A. S., 1888. Report on a small zoological collection from Norfolk Island.

: Part IV. Insecta. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2)2(4): 1001-1014.

Smithers, C. N., 1970. Observations on Lord Howe Island butterflies. Aust. Zool.

15(3): 377-379. i

BOOK REVIEW

| TRICHOPTERA by H. Malicky in the Handbuch der Zoologie 4. Band,

| 2. Hólfte, 2. Teil, 29. Beitrag: 114 pages, 96 line drawings. Walter

| de Gruyter, Berlin and New York. Sept., 1973. Text in German.

Price DM 130.00 ($37.00 approx.).

This work is a text book where each individual part of the volume

deals with a separate insect order. The large format pages (22 x 30 cm)

| ae printed in double columns, headings and subheadings are clear and

| easily readable. The detailed index at the beginning of the volume is

printed on yellowish paper thus allowing easy separation when parts are

| bound in one volume.

The present part written by Dr. Hans Malicky of the Biological

Station Lunz, Austria; summarizes all aspects of research in the order

Trichoptera. This is the first time for many years that a publication of this

kind has become available in a single volume. The opening chapter deals

lái

12 Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974

with the history of the study of caddis-flies, although this is done very

briefly, it is still sufficient to give a clear picture of the pioneering work -

and the more recent fields of research. This is followed by two brief

chapters describing the main characteristics of the order, palaeontology

and evolution.

The systematic arrangement of families closely follows that suggested

and described by Ross 1967 (Ann. Rev. Ent. 12: 169-206), with only a

few modifications; three families have been added—Arctopsychidae, Ecno-

midae and Tasimiidae; and two family names changed—Rhynchopsychidar |

is replaced by Kokiriidae and Thremmidae changed to Thremmatida,

The family descriptions are short and concise, giving only the most

important characters; all sub-families are listed; reference is made to the

important genera; and the approximate number of species in each family

is also indicated. In the chapter on distribution the major outline d

zoogeographic problems are analysed. Discussion is based on the major -

zoogeographic works for each region which are listed in the first paragraph.

The chapter on ecology has been subdivided into three pari-

habitat, rhythmics and parasites. The requirements of adults, pupae and

larvae are discussed with samples of typical conditions as preferred by

certain species, illustrated with diagrams and numerous references. The

described details of day-night, as well as seasonal changes indicate the

diversity of conditions under which development takes place.

The largest chapter is on morphology and occupies 38 pages of text |

and figures. Under 11 subtitles the larvae, pupae and adults, are described

and their functions explained. The structures of the head of an adult has |

been figured in great detail and it would be of great value if more -

details had been shown on the illustrations of an entire larval and pupd

head as well.

The other criticism is on the very brief discussion on genitalia type.

As an important tool to taxonomy a few more details would be ven

helpful, particularly so in the female. Although there is a brief description —

on p. 53 the figure 56, unfortunately, does not show details of segment: ,

tion. Anatomical details and physiology are treated more fully. Larvae at |

grouped into five groups according to the methods of case or rei |

construction. Each group is discussed in considerable detail. |

| The text is concluded with a chapter on development, describing the

mating behaviour, egg-laying, parthenogenesis, embryology and p* |

embryonic development. f

A detailed index of scientific names and a list of 438 literature

references complete this volume.

A. Neboiss,

National Museum of Victori,

Russell Street, Melbourne, 30)

——

Aust, ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974 13

A CRITIQUE OF A PUBLICATION BY S. JACQUEMART ON TASMANIAN

TRICHOPTERA

By A. Neboiss

Curator of Insects, National Museum of Victoria

ABSTRACT: A paper on Tasmanian Trichoptera by S. Jacquemart, 1965, has

been reviewed, errors rectified, and the preoccupied name of Oecetis ochracea

Jacq. non Curt. changed to Oecetis geevestonia nom. nov.

A small number of Tasmanian Trichoptera collected by the dipterist

A. Tonnoir during 1922 and 1923 season were sent to J. Lestage, who

deposited this material in the Institute Royal des Sciences Naturelles de

Belgique in Brussels. These specimens were examined by S. Jacquemart,

who published the results in “Contribution a la Connaissance de la

Faune Trichopterologique de la Tasmanie et de la Nouvelle-Zelande",

Bull. Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg. 41 (35): 1-47 (1965).

In the course of studying Tasmanian Trichoptera it became obvious

that the article contained numerous serious and misleading errors. To

facilitate future work and avoid confusion an attempt is made here to

rectify these errors. No taxonomic problems other than authorship and

a change of preoccupied species name are discussed.

In Jacquemart's paper reference has been made to 35 specimens.

However, for two species, Anachorema seona Mosely and Helicopsyche

sp. 9, there is no information as to the number of specimens studied

or any collecting data. There are no New Zealand specimens either

discussed or described in this article, despite the title. The “Résumé”

on p. 46 informs the reader that 35 species have been dealt with and

of those 24 are described as new. These numbers do not correspond

either with the species list at the beginning of the paper on pages 1-3,

nor with the text where only 22 new species are described. Diplectrona

simplex, a new species described on p. 29, has been omitted from the

species list on p. 2. Allochorema tasmanica is marked as a new species

in the list on p. 3, but on p. 36 original authorship is wrongly credited

to Kimmins; in the case of Synagapetus tasmanicus the authorship is

wrongly credited to Kimmins on p. 3, but it is marked as a new

species on p. 39.

Altogether, authorship has been wrongly credited to Kimmins 38

times, all these species having been described by Mosely in Mosely &

Kimmins (1953). Although this work appears under Mosely and Kim-

mins joint authorship, Kimmins (in the introduction on p. 1) explained

the circumstances and indicated that *. . . it should be clearly understood

that all new family, generic and specific names are to be credited to

Mosely unless otherwise indicated by my name being appended in

brackets”. On two other occasions Kimmins has been given as the author

of Tamasia variegata (pp. 1 and 5), a species described by Mosely in

1936. Kimmins’ authorship appears correctly on only three occasions,

lor Hydrobiosella cognata on pp. 2, 31 and 33.

. Many of the drawings of wing venation are incomplete with cross-

Veins either partly or entirely omitted.

14 Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974

The spelling of locality names in a number of cases has been

badly distorted, some even beyond recognition, and therefore it was

necessary to seek information from Tonnoirs publications (Tonnoir,

1924, 1924a, 1925 & 1929) where he described Diptera collected during

his Tasmanian visit in 1922-23, when he also collected the Trichoptera

which are the subject of Jacquemart's paper. From this information it

was possible to reconstruct details of the dates and localities which

Tonnoir visited. This reveals that he collected specimens from 19-22

October, 1922 at Ferntree Gully and Sassafras in the Dandenong Ranges,

Victoria. Specimens from Tasmania were collected on 26 and 27 October,

1922 at Burnie; St. Patricks River near Launceston from 30 October

to 4 November; Mt. Wellington and Eaglehawk Neck on single days

between 11 November and 2 December; Geeveston 4-7 December; Hartz

Mountains 9-10 December; the town of National Park and narby Mt.

Field National Park 16-21 December; Adventure Bay, Bruny Island

28-30 December; Wilmot in Northern Tasmania 8 January 1923; Cradle

"Mountain 10-29 January; and the King River and Strahan area 1-6

February, 1923.

From these dates it is assumed that the holotype of Diplectrona

bispinosa Jacq. was collected in Victoria on 20 October 1922, not 1923,

and should be omitted from the list of Tasmanian species. Further

specimens are required to confirm this locality.

The corrections here are given in page sequence except for the

authorship changes as indicated and explained above.

p. “Tanasia variegate" should read “Tamasia variegata".

p. 2 “Detriplexina lobata" according to the text on p. 24, shall read

“Triplexina lobata”.

Following No. 21 the name “Diplectrona simplex sp. n.” should

be added.

p. 3 “Anachorema soena” should read “Anachorema seona".

p. 6 Locality: *1 exemplaire Brunie, 27-X-1922” correct to Burnie.

Locality: “Ada Bay 28-XI-1922" is Adventure Bay at Bruny

Island, visited by Tonnoir on 28 December 1922.

DEB Capu onito ie Sh DIS EE HacOrrectstOis GEEEDE E

p. 8 Locality “N. Port, 16-XII-1922" is “National Park”.

p. 9 Locality “Bradle, 12-I-1923” is “Cradle Mtn.”.

p. 12 “Geeveston 4-II-1922” according to the schedule the date for this

locality could only be 4 December, 1922.

14 —line 6. “Materiel-Holotype, Burnie 27-X-1922". The species

Alloecella warneria was described by Mosely, 1953; the type (in

the British Museum, London) is from Fernshaw, Victoria, there-

fore the specimen from Burnie is not the holotype.

——— tla

p. 17 Locality “Lote Lilla, 14-I-1923" is Lake Lilla, near Cradle Mt. |

p. 22 When using figure 17C, the lateral view of ¢ genitalia, it should

be remembered that venter is on top, and dorsum at the bottom. —

Aust, ent, Mag. 2(1), August, 1974 15

p. 23

p. 24

p. 32

p. 35

p. 36

p. 37

p. 38

Locality “Lote Lilla, 14-I-1923” is Lake Lilla, near Cradle Mtn.

Oecetis ochracea Jacquemart 1965 is preoccupied by the ‘type

species Oecetis (Leptocerus) ochracea (Curtis) 1825. The species

is here renamed Oecetis geevestonia nom. nov for Oecetis

ochracea Jacq. 1965 non Curtis 1825.

The name “O. ochracea" on line 4 from bottom should thus refer

to O. geevestonia.

Caption to fig. 18: the name Oecetis ochracea refers to O.

geevestonia.

When using fig. 18c, the lateral view of 4 genitalia, it should be

remembered that venter is on top, and dorsum at the bottom.

Locality *Otrokan, 6-II-23" is Strahan.

Locality “Sassapras”, 20-X-1923" is Sassafras, a Victorian locality,

visited 1922, see discussion above.

Fig. 19 *F" should read “D”.

Caption to Fig. 20 add “C” before “Genitalia 4, vue latérale".

Locality “Lote Lilla, 14-I-1923" is Lake Lilla, near Cradle Mtn.

“Hydrobiosella cognata sp. n.” is not a new species but one

described by Kimmins, 1953, and as such is correctly marked

on p. 31.

Fig. 24, locality “Otroka, 3-II-1923" is Strahan.

Caption to fig. 28 “Allochorema tasmanica sp. n." is not a new

species but one described by Mosely, 1953. On the following

page Kimmins is wrongly given as the author.

Caption to fig. 29 add “C” before “Genitalia 4, vue latérale".

The heading “Anachorema soena” should read “Anachorema

seona".

Caption to fig. 30 “Anachorema soena" should read “Anachorema

seona".

p. 39-40 “Synagapetus tasmanicus sp. n." is not a new species but one

described by Mosely, 1953; on p. 3 Kimmins is wrongly given as

the author; the type in the British Museum, London, is from

New Norfolk, Tasmania, and therefore the specimen from Burnie,

26-X-1922, is wrongly marked as holotype.

References

Jacquemart, S., 1965. Contribution à la Connaissance de la Faune Trichopterologique

de la Tasmanie et de la Nouvelle-Zealande. Bull. Inst. r. Sci. nat. Belg.

41 (35): 1-47.

Mosely, M. E. and Kimmins, D. E., 1953. The Trichoptera (Caddis-flies) of Australia

and New Zealand. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist., London. 530 pp.

Tonnoit, A, 1924, Australian Dixidae (Dipt.) Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1923:

Tomoi, A. 1924a. Les Blepharoceridae de la Tasmanie. Annis Biol. lacustre

13 (1, 2): 1-67.

lomoir, A., 1925. Australian Simuliidae. Bull. ent. Res. 15: 213-255.

Tonnoir, A., 1929. Australian Mycetophilidae. Synopsis of the genera. Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. 54: 584-614.

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1), August, 1974